Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Markov Chain

189 missions · 85 completed

Missions

Open104Completed85All189
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Chains and Mixing Times VIII: Path Coupling and Approximate CountingTextbook

Motivation

The coupling method of Mission III asks for a coupling of two copies of a chain from every pair of starting states — often painful to construct globally. Chapter 14 of Levin–Peres–Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times (AMS, 2009) replaces that global demand by a local one. The path coupling technique of Bubley and Dyer says: put a connected graph structure on the state space, and couple one step of the chain only across edges; if each edge contracts in expectation, contraction propagates automatically along paths to arbitrary pairs of distributions. The bookkeeping runs through the transportation metric (Kantorovich distance) between distributions, whose theory — attainment by an optimal coupling, the triangle inequality — is developed on the way. The chapter's payoff is the sharpest elementary bound for sampling proper colorings (Theorem 14.8: the Glauber dynamics mixes in O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) steps once q>2Δq>2\Deltaq>2Δ), and, through the sampling-to-counting reduction of Jerrum–Valiant–Vazirani, a polynomial-time approximation algorithm for counting colorings — the paradigm of the Markov chain Monte Carlo method as an algorithmic tool.

Setting

All chains live on a finite state space VVV with a transition matrix PPP; Pt(x,⋅)P^t(x,\cdot)Pt(x,⋅) is the time-ttt distribution from xxx, ∥μ−ν∥TV=max⁡A⊆V∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣\|\mu-\nu\|_{TV}=\max_{A\subseteq V}|\mu(A)-\nu(A)|∥μ−ν∥TV​=maxA⊆V​∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣ the total variation distance, d(t)=max⁡x∥Pt(x,⋅)−π∥TVd(t)=\max_x\|P^t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{TV}d(t)=maxx​∥Pt(x,⋅)−π∥TV​ the worst-case distance to the stationary distribution π\piπ, and tmix(ε)=min⁡{t:d(t)≤ε}t_{\mathrm{mix}}(\varepsilon)=\min\{t:d(t)\le\varepsilon\}tmix​(ε)=min{t:d(t)≤ε} the mixing time. A coupling of distributions μ,ν\mu,\nuμ,ν is a distribution qqq on V×VV\times VV×V with marginals μ\muμ and ν\nuν.

Given a metric-like cost ρ\rhoρ on pairs of states, the transportation metric between two distributions is the cheapest expected cost of moving one onto the other:

ρK(μ,ν)=min⁡{∑x,yρ(x,y) q(x,y)  :  q a coupling of μ,ν}.\rho_K(\mu,\nu)=\min\Bigl\{\sum_{x,y}\rho(x,y)\,q(x,y)\;:\;q\ \text{a coupling of}\ \mu,\nu\Bigr\}.ρK​(μ,ν)=min{x,y∑​ρ(x,y)q(x,y):q a coupling of μ,ν}.

Given a connected graph structure GGG on the state space with edge lengths ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1, the path metric ρ(x,y)\rho(x,y)ρ(x,y) is the least total length of a GGG-path from xxx to yyy.

For the colorings application: a qqq-coloring of the vertices of a graph is proper when adjacent vertices receive distinct colors, and the Glauber dynamics on proper colorings picks a uniform vertex and re-samples its color uniformly among the colors legal there; its stationary distribution is uniform on the proper colorings. Throughout, nnn is the number of vertices and Δ\DeltaΔ the maximum degree of the graph being colored.

Formalization targets

Goal

Theorem 14.8, the capstone of Chapter 14: for the Glauber dynamics on proper qqq-colorings, if q>2Δq>2\Deltaq>2Δ then

tmix(ε)  ≤  ⌈q−Δq−2Δ  n (log⁡n−log⁡ε)⌉.t_{\mathrm{mix}}(\varepsilon)\;\le\;\Bigl\lceil\frac{q-\Delta}{q-2\Delta}\;n\,\bigl(\log n-\log\varepsilon\bigr)\Bigr\rceil.tmix​(ε)≤⌈q−2Δq−Δ​n(logn−logε)⌉.

Milestones

  • Lemma 14.3 and Remark 14.2 — the transportation distance is attained by an optimal coupling, and satisfies the triangle inequality (so it is a genuine metric on distributions).
  • Theorem 14.6, path coupling (Bubley–Dyer) — if for every edge {x,y}\{x,y\}{x,y} of a connected graph structure there is a coupling of the one-step distributions P(x,⋅),P(y,⋅)P(x,\cdot),P(y,\cdot)P(x,⋅),P(y,⋅) contracting the path metric by e−αe^{-\alpha}e−α in expectation, then one step of the chain contracts the transportation metric of arbitrary distribution pairs by e−αe^{-\alpha}e−α.
  • Corollary 14.7 — under the same hypotheses, d(t)≤e−αt diam(V)d(t)\le e^{-\alpha t}\,\mathrm{diam}(V)d(t)≤e−αtdiam(V) and tmix(ε)≤⌈(log⁡diam(V)−log⁡ε)/α⌉t_{\mathrm{mix}}(\varepsilon)\le\lceil(\log\mathrm{diam}(V)-\log\varepsilon)/\alpha\rceiltmix​(ε)≤⌈(logdiam(V)−logε)/α⌉, where diam(V)\mathrm{diam}(V)diam(V) is the largest path-metric distance between two states.
  • Theorem 14.12, approximate counting — for q>2Δq>2\Deltaq>2Δ there is a randomized estimator, computed from an explicit polynomial number of independent uniform random seeds, which with probability at least 1−η1-\eta1−η estimates the number of proper qqq-colorings within a (1±ε)(1\pm\varepsilon)(1±ε) factor: rapid sampling yields rapid approximate counting.

Significance

The results. Path coupling converted the coupling method from an art into a calculus: one bounds a single-edge contraction constant, and the machinery does the rest. It is the standard tool for Glauber dynamics on colorings, independent sets, and other constraint-satisfaction models, and the q>2Δq>2\Deltaq>2Δ colorings bound is its flagship application. Theorem 14.12 is the discrete embodiment of the Jerrum–Valiant–Vazirani equivalence between approximate counting and sampling — the conceptual foundation of the entire MCMC approach to #P\#\mathrm P#P-hard counting problems.

Formalizing them. Mathlib has no transportation/Kantorovich metric in the finite setting, no path coupling, and nothing on approximate counting. The transportation-metric layer (optimal couplings, triangle inequality) is reusable far beyond this mission — it is the finite Wasserstein distance. The path-coupling theorem feeds directly into Mission IX (Ising) and is quoted throughout modern mixing literature.

Difficulty

The transportation metric asks for minimization over the (compact) polytope of couplings: attainment is a finite-dimensional compactness argument, and the triangle inequality requires gluing two optimal couplings along their common marginal — the classic construction that must be carried out with explicit finite sums here. Path coupling itself is an induction along geodesics of the path metric, with the subtlety that the composite coupling produced along a path need not be optimal, only admissible; the bookkeeping of the contraction constant through the induction is exactly the kind of argument Lean keeps honest. Theorem 14.8 instantiates the machinery: the single-edge coupling for colorings needs a careful case analysis of the proposed recolorings at the two endpoints (matching legal colors bijectively), and the contraction constant (q−2Δ)/(q−Δ)(q-2\Delta)/(q-\Delta)(q−2Δ)/(q−Δ) emerges from counting disagreeing proposals. Theorem 14.12 layers a probabilistic-amplification argument (medians of means over independent runs) on top of the mixing bound; its combinatorial core — expressing ∣Ω∣−1|\Omega|^{-1}∣Ω∣−1 as a telescoping product of marginal probabilities — is elementary but notation-heavy, and the formal statement quantifies over explicit seed spaces, so the whole estimator is a finite object.

Formalization scope

The transportation metric is an sInf over coupling costs (the coupling polytope is nonempty for genuine distributions, and attainment is part of the milestone, so the junk value never propagates); the path metric is an sInf over walk lengths in a connected graph. The Glauber dynamics on colorings is the restriction to proper colorings of the single-site heat-bath chain of Mission II, matching §3.3 of the book; its state space is the subtype of proper colorings, nonempty whenever q>2Δq>2\Deltaq>2Δ (a fact the hypotheses of the goal supply). Mixing-time upper bounds are stated with the book's explicit ceilings, so no rounding slack is hidden. In Theorem 14.12 the estimator is presented concretely as a function of finitely many uniform seeds, and "with probability ≥1−η\ge1-\eta≥1−η" is a counting inequality over the seed space — no measure theory enters. Contributions of intermediate lemmas (optimal-coupling gluing, geodesic decompositions, colorings edge-coupling) are welcome and will be reused by Mission IX.

Selected references

  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres, E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, American Mathematical Society, 2009. https://documents.epfl.ch/groups/i/ip/ipg/www/2013-2014/Random_Walks/markovmixing.pdf
  • R. Bubley, M. Dyer, Path coupling: a technique for proving rapid mixing in Markov chains, FOCS 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.1997.646111
  • M. Jerrum, A very simple algorithm for estimating the number of k-colorings of a low-degree graph, Random Structures Algorithms 7 (1995). https://doi.org/10.1002/rsa.3240070205
  • M. Jerrum, L. Valiant, V. Vazirani, Random generation of combinatorial structures from a uniform distribution, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 43 (1986). https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-3975(86)90174-X
9 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Chains and Mixing Times VI: Networks, Hitting Times, and Cover TimesTextbook

Motivation

A reversible Markov chain is an electrical network: states are nodes, and the conductance c(x,y)=π(x)P(x,y)c(x,y)=\pi(x)P(x,y)c(x,y)=π(x)P(x,y) turns hitting probabilities into voltages and hitting times into resistances. This dictionary, going back to Kakutani and popularized by Doyle and Snell, converts probabilistic estimates into the physical laws of circuits — series/parallel reduction, energy minimization, monotonicity under edge removal. Chapters 9–11 of Levin–Peres–Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times (AMS, 2009) develop the dictionary and its two crown results: the commute time identity of Chandra–Raghavan–Ruzzo–Smolensky–Tiwari, Ea(τb)+Eb(τa)=cG R(a↔b)\mathbb E_a(\tau_b)+\mathbb E_b(\tau_a)=c_G\,R(a\leftrightarrow b)Ea​(τb​)+Eb​(τa​)=cG​R(a↔b), and the Matthews method bounding cover times by hitting times with harmonic-number precision.

Setting

A network is a symmetric nonnegative conductance function ccc on pairs of vertices; the associated walk moves with probabilities

P(x,y)=c(x,y)/c(x)P(x,y)=c(x,y)/c(x)P(x,y)=c(x,y)/c(x)

where c(x)=∑yc(x,y)c(x)=\sum_y c(x,y)c(x)=∑y​c(x,y), and cG=∑xc(x)c_G=\sum_x c(x)cG​=∑x​c(x). A function hhh is harmonic at xxx if h(x)=∑yP(x,y)h(y)h(x)=\sum_y P(x,y)h(y)h(x)=∑y​P(x,y)h(y). The voltage with boundary values 111 at aaa and 000 at zzz is W(x)=Px{τa<τz}W(x)=\mathbb P_x\{\tau_a<\tau_z\}W(x)=Px​{τa​<τz​}, the harmonic extension of its boundary data; the current flowing out of aaa has strength ∥I∥=∑yc(a,y) [W(a)−W(y)]\|I\|=\sum_y c(a,y)\,[W(a)-W(y)]∥I∥=∑y​c(a,y)[W(a)−W(y)], and the effective resistance is R(a↔z)=∥I∥−1R(a\leftrightarrow z)=\|I\|^{-1}R(a↔z)=∥I∥−1. A flow from aaa to zzz is an antisymmetric edge function obeying the node law off {a,z}\{a,z\}{a,z}; its energy is E(θ)=∑eθ(e)2/c(e)\mathcal E(\theta)=\sum_e\theta(e)^2/c(e)E(θ)=∑e​θ(e)2/c(e). Hitting times τS=min⁡{t≥0:Xt∈S}\tau_S=\min\{t\ge0:X_t\in S\}τS​=min{t≥0:Xt​∈S}, their expectations, the Green's function Gτz(a,x)G_{\tau_z}(a,x)Gτz​​(a,x), the maximal hitting time thitt_{\mathrm{hit}}thit​, and the cover time tcovt_{\mathrm{cov}}tcov​ (expected time to visit every state, maximized over starts) all use the trajectory calculus of Mission I.

Formalization targets

Goal

Ea(τb)+Eb(τa)  =  cG R(a↔b).\mathbb E_a(\tau_b)+\mathbb E_b(\tau_a)\;=\;c_G\,R(a\leftrightarrow b).Ea​(τb​)+Eb​(τa​)=cG​R(a↔b).

This is Proposition 10.6, the commute time identity — the exact bridge between the probabilistic and electrical sides, and the engine of the transience/recurrence theory of Mission XII.

Milestones

Reversibility and stationarity of the network walk with π(x)=c(x)/cG\pi(x)=c(x)/c_Gπ(x)=c(x)/cG​ (§9.1); Proposition 9.1 (existence and uniqueness of harmonic extensions with given boundary values, h(x)=Exf(XτB)h(x)=\mathbb E_x f(X_{\tau_B})h(x)=Ex​f(XτB​​)); Lemma 9.6 (the Green's function identity Gτz(a,a)=c(a)R(a↔z)G_{\tau_z}(a,a)=c(a)R(a\leftrightarrow z)Gτz​​(a,a)=c(a)R(a↔z)); Theorem 9.10 (Thomson's principle: R(a↔z)R(a\leftrightarrow z)R(a↔z) is the minimal energy of a unit flow, attained); Theorem 9.12 (Rayleigh monotonicity: lowering conductances raises effective resistance); Lemma 10.1 (the random target lemma: ∑yEa(τy)π(y)\sum_y\mathbb E_a(\tau_y)\pi(y)∑y​Ea​(τy​)π(y) does not depend on aaa); Corollary 10.8 (the resistance triangle inequality); Theorem 11.2 (Matthews: tcov≤thit (1+12+⋯+1n)t_{\mathrm{cov}}\le t_{\mathrm{hit}}\,(1+\tfrac12+\dots+\tfrac1n)tcov​≤thit​(1+21​+⋯+n1​)); Proposition 11.4 (the matching Matthews lower bound over subsets).

Significance

The results. The commute time identity computes hitting times from circuit reductions — this is how hitting times on trees, tori and glued graphs are actually evaluated — and, through Thomson and Rayleigh, makes them monotone under graph operations, something invisible probabilistically. The Matthews bounds pin cover times up to a log⁡n\log nlogn factor in complete generality; they are the tool behind cover-time results for lamplighter groups in Mission XI's sequel. Green's function identities feed Mission XII's recurrence theory, where R(a↔∞)R(a\leftrightarrow\infty)R(a↔∞) decides transience.

Formalizing them. Mathlib has graph Laplacians but no electrical network theory: no effective resistance, no flows, no energy, no Thomson/Rayleigh, no hitting or cover times. This mission publishes that layer over the trajectory calculus of Mission I. It is the most reusable single block of the series outside Missions I–II: effective resistance on finite networks is of independent interest to combinatorics (spanning trees, spectral sparsification) well beyond mixing times.

Difficulty

The identity chain behind the goal runs: Green's function of the stopped walk →\to→ escape probability Pa{τz<τa+}=(c(a)R(a↔z))−1\mathbb P_a\{\tau_z<\tau_a^+\}=\bigl(c(a)R(a\leftrightarrow z)\bigr)^{-1}Pa​{τz​<τa+​}=(c(a)R(a↔z))−1 (via harmonic uniqueness) →\to→ the Aldous–Fill occupation identity Gτ(a,x)=Ea(τ)π(x)G_\tau(a,x)=\mathbb E_a(\tau)\pi(x)Gτ​(a,x)=Ea​(τ)π(x) for stopping times with Xτ=aX_\tau=aXτ​=a — each step is a manipulation of infinite series of trajectory sums whose exchange steps (splitting a path at its first visit, last-exit decompositions) need summability from Mission I's Lemma 1.13. Thomson's principle is a finite-dimensional convex minimization: existence of the minimizer needs a compactness or completing-the-square argument, and the identification of the minimizer with the current flow needs the cycle law; the naive "differentiate the energy" route must be made exact. Matthews' method is a clean but genuinely clever argument — a uniformly random ordering of targets and the harmonic-number telescoping; the formal cost is the exchangeability of the randomized order against the chain, handled combinatorially.

Formalization scope

Networks are functions c:V×V→Rc:V\times V\to\mathbb Rc:V×V→R with a symmetry-and-nonnegativity predicate; loops are permitted; connectivity enters as irreducibility of the induced walk. The voltage is defined probabilistically as Px{τa<τz}\mathbb P_x\{\tau_a<\tau_z\}Px​{τa​<τz​} (the book's harmonic characterization is Proposition 9.1); R(a↔z)R(a\leftrightarrow z)R(a↔z) is the reciprocal of the explicit current strength, with total division junk when a,za,za,z are disconnected — statements carry irreducibility so this does not arise. Energy counts each undirected edge once, formalized as half the ordered double sum, and 02/0=00^2/0=002/0=0 handles absent edges. Cover times are tail sums of the explicit event "some state unvisited". The Matthews lower bound is stated with an arbitrary lower bound mmm for the pairwise hitting times of the subset AAA — equivalent to the book's min over pairs and easier to instantiate.

Welcome contributions: series/parallel reduction laws, the cycle and node law API for flows, escape-probability lemmas — all reused in Mission XII's infinite-network arguments.

Selected references

  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres, E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, American Mathematical Society, 2009. https://documents.epfl.ch/groups/i/ip/ipg/www/2013-2014/Random_Walks/markovmixing.pdf
  • P. G. Doyle, J. L. Snell, Random Walks and Electric Networks, MAA, 1984. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0001057
  • A. K. Chandra, P. Raghavan, W. L. Ruzzo, R. Smolensky, P. Tiwari, The electrical resistance of a graph captures its commute and cover times, STOC 1989. https://doi.org/10.1145/73007.73062
  • P. Matthews, Covering problems for Markov chains, Ann. Probab. 16 (1988). https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176991894
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Chains and Mixing Times I: Existence and Uniqueness of the Stationary DistributionTextbook

Markov Chains and Mixing Times I: Existence and Uniqueness of the Stationary Distribution

Motivation

Finite Markov chains are the basic model for memoryless random dynamics: card shuffles, random walks on graphs and groups, Monte Carlo samplers, and queueing systems are all chains on a finite state space. The single most used fact about them is that an irreducible chain has exactly one stationary distribution — a probability vector π\piπ with π=πP\pi = \pi Pπ=πP — and that this π\piπ is strictly positive and encodes the long-run behaviour of the chain through the return-time identity π(x)=1/Ex(τx+)\pi(x) = 1/\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+)π(x)=1/Ex​(τx+​). Every later result in the theory of mixing times (convergence theorems, coupling bounds, spectral methods, cutoff) is a statement about the distance of the chain from this π\piπ, so nothing in the subject can be formalized before this mission is.

This mission is the first in a series formalizing D. A. Levin, Y. Peres and E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times (AMS, 2009), covering Chapters 1–2: the basic vocabulary of finite chains (stochastic matrices, irreducibility, period, reversibility, time reversal, random walks on graphs and groups) and the classical examples of Chapter 2 (gambler's ruin, coupon collecting, the reflection principle for simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z). Later missions in the series build on the definitions published here.

Setting

A chain on a finite state space Ω\OmegaΩ is presented by its transition matrix, a matrix P∈RΩ×ΩP \in \mathbb{R}^{\Omega\times\Omega}P∈RΩ×Ω with nonnegative entries whose rows sum to 111. A distribution is a row vector μ\muμ with nonnegative entries summing to 111; one step of the chain carries μ\muμ to μP\mu PμP, and the ttt-step transition probabilities are the entries of the matrix power PtP^tPt.

The chain is irreducible if for all states x,yx, yx,y there is a ttt with Pt(x,y)>0P^t(x,y) > 0Pt(x,y)>0. The period of a state xxx is gcd⁡ T(x)\gcd\,\mathcal{T}(x)gcdT(x) where T(x)={t≥1:Pt(x,x)>0}\mathcal{T}(x) = \{t \ge 1 : P^t(x,x) > 0\}T(x)={t≥1:Pt(x,x)>0}, and the chain is aperiodic if every state has period 111. A distribution π\piπ is stationary if πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π, and π\piπ and PPP are in detailed balance (the chain is reversible) if π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x)\pi(x)P(x,y) = \pi(y)P(y,x)π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x) for all x,yx,yx,y.

Trajectory events over a finite horizon are finite sums of path weights: a length-ttt trajectory is a function ω:{0,…,t}→Ω\omega : \{0,\dots,t\} \to \Omegaω:{0,…,t}→Ω, with weight ∏i<tP(ωi,ωi+1)\prod_{i<t} P(\omega_i, \omega_{i+1})∏i<t​P(ωi​,ωi+1​) conditional on its starting state. The tail probability Px{τz+>t}\mathbb{P}_x\{\tau_z^+ > t\}Px​{τz+​>t} of the first hitting time τz+=min⁡{t≥1:Xt=z}\tau_z^+ = \min\{t \ge 1 : X_t = z\}τz+​=min{t≥1:Xt​=z} is the sum of the weights of the trajectories from xxx that avoid zzz at times 1,…,t1,\dots,t1,…,t, and expectations of hitting times are recovered by the tail-sum formula E(Y)=∑t≥0P{Y>t}\mathbb{E}(Y) = \sum_{t\ge0} \mathbb{P}\{Y > t\}E(Y)=∑t≥0​P{Y>t}, formalized as a tsum over ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal

P stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty Ω  ⟹  ∃! π, π=πP.\text{$P$ stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty $\Omega$} \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists!\, \pi,\ \pi = \pi P .P stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty Ω⟹∃!π, π=πP.

This is Corollary 1.17 of the book. It asserts only existence and uniqueness, leaving the finer structure of π\piπ to the milestones; it is the weakest statement on which the rest of the series can stand, which is why it is the goal.

Milestones toward and around the goal

The milestone list follows the book's own route: well-definedness of the period (Lemma 1.6), positivity of some matrix power for irreducible aperiodic chains (Proposition 1.7), finiteness of expected hitting times (Lemma 1.13), existence of a positive stationary distribution together with

π(x) Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\,\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)Ex​(τx+​)=1

(Proposition 1.14), constancy of harmonic functions (Lemma 1.16), stationarity from detailed balance (Proposition 1.19), the stationary and reversible measure π(x)=deg⁡(x)/2∣E∣\pi(x) = \deg(x)/2|E|π(x)=deg(x)/2∣E∣ of simple random walk on a graph (Examples 1.12 and 1.20), the time reversal P^\hat PP^ and its path-reversal identity (Proposition 1.22), and the random walks on finite groups of Section 2.6 (Propositions 2.12–2.14). From Chapter 2 the list adds the gambler's ruin formulas Pk{Xτ=n}=k/n\mathbb{P}_k\{X_\tau = n\} = k/nPk​{Xτ​=n}=k/n and Ek(τ)=k(n−k)\mathbb{E}_k(\tau) = k(n-k)Ek​(τ)=k(n−k) (Proposition 2.1), the coupon collector expectation n∑k≤n1/kn\sum_{k\le n} 1/kn∑k≤n​1/k and tail bound e−ce^{-c}e−c (Propositions 2.3 and 2.4), and the reflection principle and the bound Pk{τ0>r}≤12k/r\mathbb{P}_k\{\tau_0 > r\} \le 12k/\sqrt{r}Pk​{τ0​>r}≤12k/r​ for simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z (Lemma 2.18 and Theorem 2.17).

Significance

The result itself. Existence and uniqueness of π\piπ is the pivot on which the entire quantitative theory turns: it defines the target of convergence, and the identity π(x) Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\,\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)Ex​(τx+​)=1 ties the stationary measure to return times, which later missions use for hitting-time and cover-time results. Detailed balance is the practical tool by which stationary measures of graph and group walks are computed, and the Chapter 2 examples (gambler's ruin, coupon collecting, reflection) are the standard building blocks reused throughout the book — the coupon collector bound, for instance, is exactly the estimate behind the nlog⁡n+cnn \log n + cnnlogn+cn analysis of the top-to-random shuffle in a later mission of this series.

Formalizing it. Mathlib currently has no theory of finite Markov chains: no stochastic-matrix predicate, no stationary distribution, no periodicity, no hitting times. Everything proved in this mission is new formal mathematics, and the definition layer published here (mm_basic, mm_path, mm_classical) is the shared foundation that all twelve subsequent missions of the series import. All results are classical and have textbook proofs; none has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The delicate point is the existence proof. The natural first idea — extract π\piπ from an eigenvector of PTP^{\mathsf T}PT for eigenvalue 111, or invoke a fixed-point theorem — either does not give positivity and nonnegativity without further work, or uses compactness machinery (Brouwer) that is unavailable. The book's proof instead builds π~(y)=Ez(visits to y before τz+)\tilde\pi(y) = \mathbb{E}_z(\text{visits to } y \text{ before } \tau_z^+)π~(y)=Ez​(visits to y before τz+​) and verifies π~P=π~\tilde\pi P = \tilde\piπ~P=π~ by reindexing trajectory sums; formalizing it requires managing infinite series of path sums (summability from the geometric tail bound of Lemma 1.13, exchanging tsum with finite sums, splitting a trajectory at its last step). The uniqueness half is linear algebra via constancy of harmonic functions (Lemma 1.16), which is elementary but requires a maximum-principle argument over a finite state space. The reflection principle and Theorem 2.17 are finite combinatorics on ±1\pm 1±1 paths — the bijection is easy to describe and fiddly to implement.

Formalization scope

States form a Fintype with decidable equality; chains are Matrix V V ℝ with the row-stochasticity predicate IsStochastic; distributions are functions V → ℝ with the predicate IsDist. Everything is distribution-side: no probability space or measure theory is used. The period is formalized as sup⁡{d:d∣t for all t∈T(x)}\sup\{d : d \mid t \text{ for all } t \in \mathcal{T}(x)\}sup{d:d∣t for all t∈T(x)}, which equals gcd⁡T(x)\gcd \mathcal{T}(x)gcdT(x) when T(x)≠∅\mathcal{T}(x) \neq \varnothingT(x)=∅ and takes the junk value 000 otherwise. Expectations of hitting times are tsums of tail probabilities, with the usual junk value 000 for non-summable families — the statements are arranged (e.g. multiplicatively, π(x)⋅Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\cdot\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)⋅Ex​(τx+​)=1) so that junk values cannot make them vacuously true. Existence statements carry a Nonempty V hypothesis; irreducibility on the empty space is vacuous, and without nonemptiness the goal would be false, not trivial. The coupon collector and the walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z are presented directly by their driving randomness (uniform draws Fin t → Fin n, uniform sign strings Fin r → Bool), so those probabilities are elementary counting; in particular the reflection principle is stated as an equality of cardinalities of sets of sign strings — this is equivalent to the probabilistic statement because all 2r2^r2r strings are equally likely.

Contributions welcome beyond the milestone list: simp lemmas for the definition layer, the taboo-matrix representation of avoidance probabilities (useful for Lemma 1.13), and any interface lemmas connecting pathWeight sums to matrix powers — these will be reused by every later mission in the series.

Selected references

  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres, E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, American Mathematical Society, 2009. https://documents.epfl.ch/groups/i/ip/ipg/www/2013-2014/Random_Walks/markovmixing.pdf
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
  • D. Aldous, J. A. Fill, Reversible Markov Chains and Random Walks on Graphs, 2002 (unfinished monograph). https://www.stat.berkeley.edu/~aldous/RWG/book.html
20 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism III: Under Uniform One-Step Reachability ζ, the Un-widened Confidence Region Contains an MDP of Diameter at Most 1/ζResearch Paper

Motivation

Reinforcement learning in a changing environment has a difficulty that is absent from a fixed Markov decision process: transition data gathered earlier may describe a different system from the one the decision maker currently faces. A learning algorithm therefore estimates transitions from a recent window of observations. The estimate comes with a confidence region, a set of transition laws consistent with the data at a chosen statistical radius. In the general nonstationary setting studied by Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, their algorithm widens this region to ensure that it can contain a model whose states remain readily reachable. Such a model is needed for the paper's dynamic regret analysis. Section 7 isolates a structural condition under which widening is unnecessary: every destination is reachable from every state with a uniformly positive one-step probability under a suitable action. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, §7.

This mission formalizes Proposition 4 of that paper, the precise claim that the original, unwidened transition region contains a model with a controlled diameter. It is one of three separate missions for the paper. The result supports the paper's no-widening variant of its learning algorithm; it is not a claim that every model in the confidence region has small diameter. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, Proposition 4.

Setting

There are finitely many states S\mathcal SS and, for each state sss, a nonempty finite set As\mathcal A_sAs​ of permitted actions. At each time t∈[T]t\in[T]t∈[T], the system has a reward rt(s,a)∈[0,1]r_t(s,a)\in[0,1]rt​(s,a)∈[0,1] and a probability distribution pt(⋅∣s,a)p_t(\cdot\mid s,a)pt​(⋅∣s,a) for the next state. The distribution may change with ttt. A trajectory records the observed state sqs_qsq​, chosen action aqa_qaq​, and successor state sq+1s_{q+1}sq+1​ at each time qqq. These are the model primitives in §2.2. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, pp. 6–7.

An episode begins at τ(m)\tau(m)τ(m) and uses a window of length WWW. At time ttt in that episode, Nt(s,a)N_t(s,a)Nt​(s,a) counts how often the pair (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) appears between (τ(m)−W)∨1(\tau(m)-W)\vee1(τ(m)−W)∨1 and t−1t-1t−1; Nt+(s,a)=max⁡{1,Nt(s,a)}N_t^+(s,a)=\max\{1,N_t(s,a)\}Nt+​(s,a)=max{1,Nt​(s,a)}. The empirical row p^t(⋅∣s,a)\hat p_t(\cdot\mid s,a)p^​t​(⋅∣s,a) counts observed successors and divides by Nt+(s,a)N_t^+(s,a)Nt+​(s,a). The corresponding average true row pˉt\bar p_tpˉ​t​ averages the time-varying transition probabilities over the same visits. Both are zero vectors when there are no visits. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, equations (3) and (5).

Write SA=∑s∣As∣SA=\sum_s|\mathcal A_s|SA=∑s​∣As​∣, so this is the number of allowed state-action pairs. At confidence level δ\deltaδ, the transition radius is rad⁡p,t(s,a)=22Slog⁡(SAT/δ)/Nt+(s,a)\operatorname{rad}_{p,t}(s,a)=2\sqrt{2S\log(SAT/\delta)/N_t^+(s,a)}radp,t​(s,a)=22Slog(SAT/δ)/Nt+​(s,a)​. The region Hp,t(s,a;η)H_{p,t}(s,a;\eta)Hp,t​(s,a;η) consists of probability vectors within ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance rad⁡p,t(s,a)+η\operatorname{rad}_{p,t}(s,a)+\etaradp,t​(s,a)+η of p^t\hat p_tp^​t​. Here η=0\eta=0η=0 means no widening. The estimation event EpE_pEp​ bounds the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance between pˉt\bar p_tpˉ​t​ and p^t\hat p_tp^​t​ by that radius for each allowed pair. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, pp. 12, 14.

For a stationary transition model and policy π\piπ, the hitting time Λ(s′∣π,s)\Lambda(s'\mid\pi,s)Λ(s′∣π,s) counts transitions until the first arrival at s′s's′ after starting at sss. This includes the first return time when s=s′s=s's=s′. Its diameter is D=max⁡s,s′min⁡πE[Λ(s′∣π,s)]D=\max_{s,s'}\min_\pi\mathbb E[\Lambda(s'\mid\pi,s)]D=maxs,s′​minπ​E[Λ(s′∣π,s)]. Infinite expectations are possible in the definition. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, Definition 1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4

Assumption 2 supplies ζ>0\zeta>0ζ>0 and an allowed action a(s,s′)a_{(s,s')}a(s,s′)​ for every ordered pair of states, fixed across time, such that pt(s′∣s,a(s,s′))≥ζp_t(s'\mid s,a_{(s,s')})\ge\zetapt​(s′∣s,a(s,s′)​)≥ζ for all t∈[T]t\in[T]t∈[T]. Conditional on EpE_pEp​, Proposition 4 says that for every time in the horizon there exists a transition model ppp whose every allowed row belongs to Hp,t(s,a;0)H_{p,t}(s,a;0)Hp,t​(s,a;0) and whose diameter obeys

D(S,A,p)≤Dˉ:=1ζ.D(\mathcal S,\mathcal A,p)\le\bar D:=\frac1\zeta.D(S,A,p)≤Dˉ:=ζ1​.

The target is existential: the region need only contain one such model at each time. The milestone list follows the two cases in the proof of Lemma 13, the lemma's model existence claim, and the expected hitting-time bound in the proof of Proposition 4. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, pp. 21, 49–50.

Significance

Proposition 4 identifies a condition under which the algorithm can use η=0\eta=0η=0 while retaining a uniform diameter guarantee for at least one plausible transition model. The paper uses this to analyze a no-widening version of its dynamic regret bound, and later applies that viewpoint to inventory control. Without a bounded-diameter model in the region, the diameter-dependent regret argument does not apply in the same form. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, §7.

The proposition and its appendix proof are known results of the paper. This mission asks for a machine-checked account of the exact confidence region, its pathwise estimation event, Lemma 13, and the diameter claim. A general finite MDP with probability-valued transition rows is already available as the published FiniteMDPLearning definition; the paper-specific window estimators and its return-time diameter still need formal proofs. The paper's headline Theorems 1–4 are not posed here because their displayed bounds hide constants in O~(⋅)\widetilde O(\cdot)O(⋅) notation. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, p. 6 and Theorems 1–4.

Difficulty

The obvious idea that the true transition law belongs to the confidence region can fail under drift: the region is centered on recent observations, while the law at the current time may differ from the laws that generated those observations. Even the average true row has a special case. At an unvisited pair, equation (5) sets it to the zero vector, which is not a probability distribution and therefore is not a member of the simplex-valued confidence region. The existence claim must cover visited and unvisited pairs while preserving one-step reachability for all targets under a single transition law. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, pp. 12, 49–50.

The diameter also uses the paper's first-arrival-after-start convention. A library travel time that is zero when source equals target misses the return-time cases and would weaken the stated conclusion. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, Definition 1.

Formalization scope

States and actions are Fin S and Fin A; permitted actions are state-dependent finite sets. Extra MDP rows for disallowed actions are never consulted. The finite MDP type supplies valid probability rows and bounded rewards. Hitting times and the diameter use extended nonnegative reals, so infinite values are represented without a default real value. The diameter ranges over allowed deterministic stationary policies and over all ordered state pairs, including equal pairs. Time is zero-based in Lean: paper time t∈[T]t\in[T]t∈[T] is index t−1<Tt-1<Tt−1<T, and the paper's window becomes the half-open interval [τm-W,t). The paper's N+N^+N+ is at least one, so its estimators never divide by zero. A result at arbitrary ttt with τm≤t<T\tau_m\le t<Tτm​≤t<T covers every episode time without assuming any additional episode schedule property.

The Lean statement makes two domain conditions explicit: S>1S>1S>1 and 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1. These ensure the paper's claim that the radius at an unvisited pair is at least one; it can fail when S=1S=1S=1 and the confidence level is close to one. Assumption 2 is required for every time in the horizon, with ζ>0\zeta>0ζ>0. The event EpE_pEp​ is the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ estimation inequality at the selected time. The paper writes it as membership of pˉt\bar p_tpˉ​t​ in a simplex-valued region for every pair, but that literal wording is false at an unvisited pair because pˉt=0\bar p_t=0pˉ​t​=0 there. At visited pairs, the inequality and membership agree. This convention is disclosed in the definition item and keeps the theorem meaningful on ordinary early trajectories.

The region is centered at the exact empirical p^t\hat p_tp^​t​, uses η=0\eta=0η=0, and constrains every allowed row of the constructed model. The diameter uses its full extended-real value, and ζ\zetaζ is strictly positive; dropping any of these clauses would change the claim. Reusable contributions include finite-state hitting-time estimates and windowed transition estimation identities. Proofs of the four milestones and the goal, as well as small lemmas connecting the published MDP measure to successive transition rows, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. C. Cheung, D. Simchi-Levi and R. Zhu, Non-Stationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, arXiv:1906.02922v4, 2020; published as Nonstationary Reinforcement Learning: The Blessing of (More) Optimism, Management Science, 2023. arXiv
  • T. Jaksch, R. Ortner and P. Auer, Near-optimal Regret Bounds for Reinforcement Learning, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11, 2010. JMLR
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Geometric Bounds for Eigenvalues of Markov Chains 2: Odd Closed Paths Bound the Smallest Eigenvalue, β_min ≥ −1 + 2/ιResearch Paper

Motivation

The speed at which a finite reversible Markov chain approaches its stationary distribution is controlled by its eigenvalues. For a chain with eigenvalues 1=β0>β1≥⋯≥βm−1≥−11=\beta_0>\beta_1\ge\dots\ge\beta_{m-1}\ge-11=β0​>β1​≥⋯≥βm−1​≥−1, the distance to stationarity after nnn steps is governed by β∗ n\beta_*^{\,n}β∗n​, where β∗=max⁡(β1,∣βm−1∣)\beta_*=\max(\beta_1,|\beta_{m-1}|)β∗​=max(β1​,∣βm−1​∣) (Diaconis and Stroock 1991, Proposition 3). Upper bounds on the second eigenvalue β1\beta_1β1​ are the familiar half of this picture, and they are what Cheeger-type and Poincaré inequalities provide. The other half is the smallest eigenvalue βmin⁡=βm−1\beta_{\min}=\beta_{m-1}βmin​=βm−1​: a chain whose smallest eigenvalue is close to −1-1−1 oscillates almost periodically and mixes slowly whatever β1\beta_1β1​ is. A chain is aperiodic exactly when βmin⁡>−1\beta_{\min}>-1βmin​>−1, but that qualitative fact gives no rate.

Diaconis and Stroock's paper gives geometric bounds for both ends of the spectrum, expressed through systems of paths in the graph of the chain. Their bound on βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ uses closed paths with an odd number of edges, the combinatorial witnesses of aperiodicity. The paper has been a standard reference for path (canonical-path, multicommodity-flow) methods in the analysis of Markov chain Monte Carlo since its publication.

Timeline:

  • 1988–1989, Jerrum and Sinclair: conductance (Cheeger-type) bounds on β1\beta_1β1​ for chains on combinatorial structures.
  • 1991, Diaconis and Stroock: path bounds for β1\beta_1β1​ (Proposition 1, the Poincaré inequality β1≤1−1/κ\beta_1\le1-1/\kappaβ1​≤1−1/κ) and for βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ (Proposition 2, this mission), with the specializations to random walks on graphs (Corollaries 1 and 2).

Setting

Let XXX be a finite set and P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y) the transition matrix of an irreducible Markov chain on XXX, reversible with respect to a probability distribution π\piπ:

Q(x,y)=π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x)(x,y∈X).Q(x,y)=\pi(x)P(x,y)=\pi(y)P(y,x)\qquad(x,y\in X).Q(x,y)=π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x)(x,y∈X).

The operator (Pφ)(x)=∑yP(x,y)φ(y)(P\varphi)(x)=\sum_yP(x,y)\varphi(y)(Pφ)(x)=∑y​P(x,y)φ(y) is self-adjoint on L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π), with inner product ⟨φ,ψ⟩L2(π)=∑xφ(x)ψ(x)π(x)\langle\varphi,\psi\rangle_{L^2(\pi)}=\sum_x\varphi(x)\psi(x)\pi(x)⟨φ,ψ⟩L2(π)​=∑x​φ(x)ψ(x)π(x), so its eigenvalues are real. Write E(φ2)=∑xφ(x)2π(x)E(\varphi^2)=\sum_x\varphi(x)^2\pi(x)E(φ2)=∑x​φ(x)2π(x) and let βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ be the smallest eigenvalue of PPP.

The graph of the chain has vertex set XXX, an edge from xxx to yyy when Q(x,y)>0Q(x,y)>0Q(x,y)>0, and a self-loop at xxx when Q(x,x)>0Q(x,x)>0Q(x,x)>0. An odd closed path σx\sigma_xσx​ at xxx is a sequence of edges from xxx back to xxx, with an odd number of edges, in which no directed edge is traversed twice. Its length is

∣σx∣Q=∑e∈σxQ(e)−1.|\sigma_x|_Q=\sum_{e\in\sigma_x}Q(e)^{-1}.∣σx​∣Q​=e∈σx​∑​Q(e)−1.

A system of odd paths Σ=(σx)x∈X\Sigma=(\sigma_x)_{x\in X}Σ=(σx​)x∈X​ chooses one such path for every point, and its load is

ι=ι(Σ)=max⁡e∑σx∋e∣σx∣Q π(x),\iota=\iota(\Sigma)=\max_e\sum_{\sigma_x\ni e}|\sigma_x|_Q\,\pi(x),ι=ι(Σ)=emax​σx​∋e∑​∣σx​∣Q​π(x),

the maximum over directed edges eee of the weighted length of the paths through eee (display (1.7) of the paper).

For the random walk on a graph G=(X,E)G=(X,E)G=(X,E), P(x,y)=1/d(x)P(x,y)=1/d(x)P(x,y)=1/d(x) when {x,y}∈E\{x,y\}\in E{x,y}∈E, with d(x)d(x)d(x) the degree, and π(x)=d(x)/2∣E∣\pi(x)=d(x)/2|E|π(x)=d(x)/2∣E∣. There d∗d_*d∗​ is the maximum degree, σ∗\sigma_*σ∗​ the largest number of edges of a path in Σ\SigmaΣ, and b∗=max⁡e♯{σ∈Σ:e∈σ}b_*=\max_e\sharp\{\sigma\in\Sigma:e\in\sigma\}b∗​=maxe​♯{σ∈Σ:e∈σ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For an irreducible, aperiodic, reversible chain and every system Σ\SigmaΣ of odd closed paths,

βmin⁡≥−1+2ι(Σ).\beta_{\min}\ge-1+\frac{2}{\iota(\Sigma)}.βmin​≥−1+ι(Σ)2​.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  1. The identity (1.8): 12∑x,y(φ(x)+φ(y))2Q(x,y)=E(φ2)+⟨φ,Pφ⟩L2(π)\tfrac12\sum_{x,y}(\varphi(x)+\varphi(y))^2Q(x,y)=E(\varphi^2)+\langle\varphi,P\varphi\rangle_{L^2(\pi)}21​∑x,y​(φ(x)+φ(y))2Q(x,y)=E(φ2)+⟨φ,Pφ⟩L2(π)​.
  2. Along an odd closed path x,y,w,…,z,xx,y,w,\dots,z,xx,y,w,…,z,x: φ(x)=12{(φ(x)+φ(y))−(φ(y)+φ(w))+⋯+(φ(z)+φ(x))}\varphi(x)=\tfrac12\{(\varphi(x)+\varphi(y))-(\varphi(y)+\varphi(w))+\dots+(\varphi(z)+\varphi(x))\}φ(x)=21​{(φ(x)+φ(y))−(φ(y)+φ(w))+⋯+(φ(z)+φ(x))}.
  3. For every φ\varphiφ: E(φ2)≤ι2(E(φ2)+⟨φ,Pφ⟩L2(π))E(\varphi^2)\le\frac{\iota}{2}\big(E(\varphi^2)+\langle\varphi,P\varphi\rangle_{L^2(\pi)}\big)E(φ2)≤2ι​(E(φ2)+⟨φ,Pφ⟩L2(π)​).
  4. Every eigenvalue β\betaβ of PPP satisfies β≥−1+2/ι\beta\ge-1+2/\iotaβ≥−1+2/ι.

Companions

  • Corollary 2. For the random walk on a connected, non-bipartite graph and any system Σ\SigmaΣ of odd paths, βmin⁡≥−1+2d∗σ∗b∗\beta_{\min}\ge-1+\dfrac{2}{d_*\sigma_*b_*}βmin​≥−1+d∗​σ∗​b∗​2​.
  • Remark 1.3. With odd paths σxy\sigma_{xy}σxy​ for every ordered pair and ι~=max⁡e∑σxy∋e∣σxy∣Qπ(x)π(y)\tilde\iota=\max_e\sum_{\sigma_{xy}\ni e}|\sigma_{xy}|_Q\pi(x)\pi(y)ι~=maxe​∑σxy​∋e​∣σxy​∣Q​π(x)π(y): βmin⁡≥−1+1/ι~\beta_{\min}\ge-1+1/\tilde\iotaβmin​≥−1+1/ι~.

Significance

Proposition 2 turns aperiodicity into a number. With Proposition 1, which bounds β1≤1−1/κ\beta_1\le1-1/\kappaβ1​≤1−1/κ through paths between pairs of points, it bounds the absolute spectral gap 1−β∗1-\beta_*1−β∗​ entirely in terms of path geometry, and so bounds the variation distance to stationarity through Proposition 3. Corollary 2 is the form most often applied: for a random walk on a non-bipartite graph, a choice of short odd cycles that do not crowd any single edge certifies that the walk does not oscillate.

Proposition 2 and its corollary are proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, no machine-checked proof exists. The platform already has the vocabulary (stochastic matrices, stationarity, reversibility, eigenvalues and the L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π) inner product, from the published Levin–Peres–Wilmer layer) and the qualitative fact that −1-1−1 is not an eigenvalue of an irreducible aperiodic chain. This mission adds the quantitative bound, the identity (1.8), and the path inequality, all reusable for other path-based eigenvalue estimates.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary, but the bookkeeping is where a proof can go wrong. The Cauchy–Schwarz step is applied along each path separately, and the resulting double sum over points and over the edges of their paths must be exchanged into a sum over edges. That exchange is exact only if each path traverses each directed edge at most once. A path that crosses an edge twice contributes twice, while ι\iotaι counts it once. Self-loops are edges here, and the sum over directed edges in the last step must match the sum over ordered pairs (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), including x=yx=yx=y, in the identity (1.8). The alternating signs work only because the number of edges is odd; an even closed path cancels φ(x)\varphi(x)φ(x) instead of doubling it.

The bound is also only as good as the chosen paths: short odd cycles that spread their load over many edges give a small ι\iotaι, and the choice of Σ\SigmaΣ is part of every application.

Formalization scope

The chain is a real matrix P : Matrix V V ℝ on a Fintype V, with the published predicates IsStochastic, Irreducible, Aperiodic, IsStationary (which includes that π\piπ is a probability vector) and DetailedBalance. QQQ is edgeMeasure, the inner product innerPi, eigenvalues IsEigenvalue (a real eigenvalue with a nonzero real eigenfunction). βmin⁡\beta_{\min}βmin​ is the infimum of the real eigenvalues of PPP, a minimum for a stochastic matrix on a nonempty set.

Paths are vertex lists. A path traverses the directed edges between consecutive vertices, each with Q>0Q>0Q>0. The paper defines ∣σx∣Q|\sigma_x|_Q∣σx​∣Q​ "by analogy with (1.4)", whose paths may not repeat an edge. For the directed edges of §1C this rule is read as "no directed edge twice". Under the unordered reading a vertex of degree one would have no odd closed path, contradicting the page's remark that such paths always exist for irreducible aperiodic chains. ι\iotaι is a real supremum over the finite set of directed edges with Q>0Q>0Q>0, and it is 000 only when there is no edge. A system of odd paths on a nonempty set excludes that case, so the bound is never reduced to βmin⁡≥−1\beta_{\min}\ge-1βmin​≥−1 by 2/0=02/0=02/0=0. The system Σ\SigmaΣ is a universally quantified hypothesis of every statement, never an existential one. No milestone assumes the inequality of milestone 3 or the identity (1.8) as a hypothesis. No assumption ∣X∣≥2|X|\ge2∣X∣≥2 is made.

Milestones 3 and 4 do not assume aperiodicity: the existence of an odd path system implies it. The identity (1.8) assumes only stochasticity and stationarity. Corollary 2 assumes only that the graph is connected and not 2-colorable; the chain properties follow from these. In Corollary 2, b∗b_*b∗​ counts paths through a directed edge, which is at most the count through the unordered edge, so the stated bound implies the one with the unordered count. Only the first half of Remark 1.3 is stated; its second half needs Proposition 1's quantity, which belongs to another mission of the series.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in order, a general Cauchy–Schwarz-along-paths lemma shared with the Poincaré inequality, and the existence of odd path systems for irreducible aperiodic chains.

Selected references

  • P. Diaconis and D. Stroock, Geometric bounds for eigenvalues of Markov chains, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1(1):36–61, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005980
  • A. Sinclair and M. Jerrum, Approximate counting, uniform generation and rapidly mixing Markov chains, Inform. and Comput. 82(1):93–133, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0890-5401(89)90067-9
  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres and E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, American Mathematical Society, 2009 (2nd ed. 2017). https://doi.org/10.1090/mbk/107
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Logarithmic Sobolev Inequalities for Finite Markov Chains 2: Entropy Decay Ent_π(μH_t) ≤ e^{−2αt} Ent_π(μ), Improved to e^{−4αt} for Reversible ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

How fast a finite Markov chain forgets its starting point is the central quantitative question in the analysis of Monte Carlo algorithms, card shuffling and random walks on groups. The classical tool is the spectral gap λ\lambdaλ, which controls convergence in ℓ2(π)\ell^2(\pi)ℓ2(π) but loses a factor 1/π(x)1/\pi(x)1/π(x) when converted into a bound for a chain started at a point. Diaconis and Saloff-Coste (Ann. Appl. Probab. 6 (1996) 695–750) brought the logarithmic Sobolev constant α\alphaα, introduced by Gross for Gaussian measures (Amer. J. Math. 97 (1975)), into the study of finite chains, and showed that it gives sharper mixing bounds in many examples.

The entropy route to ergodicity is the cleanest consequence of a log-Sobolev inequality: the relative entropy of the chain's law with respect to stationarity decays exponentially at rate 2α2\alpha2α, and at rate 4α4\alpha4α for reversible chains. The paper notes that the reversible case is contained in Bakry's Saint-Flour lectures (Lecture Notes in Math. 1581, 1994) and Stroock's notes on Gibbs states (Lecture Notes in Math. 1563, 1993), and that Miclo (preprint, 1995) treated the nonreversible case.

Setting

Let X\mathcal XX be a finite set and KKK a Markov kernel: K(x,y)≥0K(x,y)\ge0K(x,y)≥0 and ∑yK(x,y)=1\sum_y K(x,y)=1∑y​K(x,y)=1. Let π\piπ be an invariant probability, ∑xπ(x)K(x,y)=π(y)\sum_x\pi(x)K(x,y)=\pi(y)∑x​π(x)K(x,y)=π(y), with π(x)>0\pi(x)>0π(x)>0 for every xxx. Functions act on the right, Kf(x)=∑yK(x,y)f(y)Kf(x)=\sum_yK(x,y)f(y)Kf(x)=∑y​K(x,y)f(y), and ⟨f,g⟩=∑xf(x)g(x)π(x)\langle f,g\rangle=\sum_xf(x)g(x)\pi(x)⟨f,g⟩=∑x​f(x)g(x)π(x) is the inner product of ℓ2(π)\ell^2(\pi)ℓ2(π), with norms ∥f∥p=(∑x∣f(x)∣pπ(x))1/p\|f\|_p=(\sum_x|f(x)|^p\pi(x))^{1/p}∥f∥p​=(∑x​∣f(x)∣pπ(x))1/p. The chain is reversible if π(x)K(x,y)=π(y)K(y,x)\pi(x)K(x,y)=\pi(y)K(y,x)π(x)K(x,y)=π(y)K(y,x) for all x,yx,yx,y.

The continuous-time heat semigroup is

Ht=e−t(I−K)=e−t∑n≥0tnn!Kn,H_t=e^{-t(I-K)}=e^{-t}\sum_{n\ge0}\frac{t^n}{n!}K^n,Ht​=e−t(I−K)=e−tn≥0∑​n!tn​Kn,

acting on functions by Htf(x)=∑yHt(x,y)f(y)H_tf(x)=\sum_yH_t(x,y)f(y)Ht​f(x)=∑y​Ht​(x,y)f(y) and on probability measures by μHt(y)=∑xHt(x,y)μ(x)\mu H_t(y)=\sum_xH_t(x,y)\mu(x)μHt​(y)=∑x​Ht​(x,y)μ(x). The row Htx=Ht(x,⋅)H_t^x=H_t(x,\cdot)Htx​=Ht​(x,⋅) is the law at time ttt of the chain started at xxx.

The Dirichlet form is E(f,g)=⟨(I−K)f,g⟩\mathcal E(f,g)=\langle (I-K)f,g\rangleE(f,g)=⟨(I−K)f,g⟩; it is bilinear but not symmetric unless the chain is reversible. With

L(f)=∑x∣f(x)∣2log⁡∣f(x)∣2∥f∥22 π(x),\mathcal L(f)=\sum_x|f(x)|^2\log\frac{|f(x)|^2}{\|f\|_2^2}\,\pi(x),L(f)=x∑​∣f(x)∣2log∥f∥22​∣f(x)∣2​π(x),

the log-Sobolev constant is

α=inf⁡{E(f,f)L(f):L(f)≠0}.\alpha=\inf\Big\{\frac{\mathcal E(f,f)}{\mathcal L(f)}:\mathcal L(f)\ne0\Big\}.α=inf{L(f)E(f,f)​:L(f)=0}.

The relative entropy of a probability μ\muμ is Entπ(μ)=∑xμ(x)log⁡μ(x)π(x)\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)=\sum_x\mu(x)\log\frac{\mu(x)}{\pi(x)}Entπ​(μ)=∑x​μ(x)logπ(x)μ(x)​, and the total variation distance is ∥μ−π∥TV=sup⁡A⊂X∣μ(A)−π(A)∣\|\mu-\pi\|_{TV}=\sup_{A\subset\mathcal X}|\mu(A)-\pi(A)|∥μ−π∥TV​=supA⊂X​∣μ(A)−π(A)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6 (p. 722)

For every probability measure μ\muμ on X\mathcal XX,

Entπ(μHt)≤Entπ(μ) e−2αt,t>0,\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu H_t)\le\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)\,e^{-2\alpha t},\qquad t>0,Entπ​(μHt​)≤Entπ​(μ)e−2αt,t>0,

and, if (K,π)(K,\pi)(K,π) is reversible,

Entπ(μHt)≤Entπ(μ) e−4αt,t>0.\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu H_t)\le\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)\,e^{-4\alpha t},\qquad t>0.Entπ​(μHt​)≤Entπ​(μ)e−4αt,t>0.

Milestones

  1. §2.1, Remarks (ii), p. 702: if μ=fπ\mu=f\piμ=fπ then μHt\mu H_tμHt​ has density Ht∗fH_t^*fHt∗​f, where Ht∗H_t^*Ht∗​ is the semigroup of the adjoint kernel K∗(x,y)=K(y,x)π(y)/π(x)K^*(x,y)=K(y,x)\pi(y)/\pi(x)K∗(x,y)=K(y,x)π(y)/π(x).
  2. Lemma 2.5, second part, p. 707: ∂t Entπ(Htf)∣t=0=−E(f,log⁡f)\partial_t\,\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(H_tf)|_{t=0}=-\mathcal E(f,\log f)∂t​Entπ​(Ht​f)∣t=0​=−E(f,logf).
  3. Lemma 2.7, p. 708: E(log⁡f,f)≥2 E(f,f)\mathcal E(\log f,f)\ge2\,\mathcal E(\sqrt f,\sqrt f)E(logf,f)≥2E(f​,f​), and ≥4 E(f,f)\ge4\,\mathcal E(\sqrt f,\sqrt f)≥4E(f​,f​) for reversible chains.
  4. §3.3, p. 722: for f≥0f\ge0f≥0 with ∥f∥2=1\|f\|_2=1∥f∥2​=1 and μ=f2π\mu=f^2\piμ=f2π, L(f)=Entπ(μ)\mathcal L(f)=\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)L(f)=Entπ​(μ).
  5. (2.8), p. 710: 2∥μ−π∥TV2≤Entπ(μ)≤∥μ−π∥TV+12∥μ/π−1∥π,222\|\mu-\pi\|_{TV}^2\le\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)\le\|\mu-\pi\|_{TV}+\tfrac12\|\mu/\pi-1\|_{\pi,2}^22∥μ−π∥TV2​≤Entπ​(μ)≤∥μ−π∥TV​+21​∥μ/π−1∥π,22​.

Companion: (3.3) (p. 723)

For an irreducible chain, every xxx and t>0t>0t>0,

2∥Htx−π∥TV2≤(log⁡1π(x))e−2αt,2\|H_t^x-\pi\|_{TV}^2\le\Big(\log\frac1{\pi(x)}\Big)e^{-2\alpha t},2∥Htx​−π∥TV2​≤(logπ(x)1​)e−2αt,

with 2α2\alpha2α replaced by 4α4\alpha4α for reversible chains.

Significance

Theorem 3.6 turns a single functional inequality into a convergence statement valid for every initial law, with no spectral assumption and no reversibility in the first half. Through Pinsker's inequality it gives (3.3), whose prefactor log⁡(1/π(x))\log(1/\pi(x))log(1/π(x)) replaces the factor 1/π(x)1/\pi(x)1/π(x) of the spectral bound 4∥Htx−π∥TV2≤π(x)−1e−2λt4\|H_t^x-\pi\|_{TV}^2\le\pi(x)^{-1}e^{-2\lambda t}4∥Htx​−π∥TV2​≤π(x)−1e−2λt. When π(x)\pi(x)π(x) is exponentially small in the size of the problem, as for random walks on large groups or product spaces, log⁡(1/π(x))\log(1/\pi(x))log(1/π(x)) is polynomial where 1/π(x)1/\pi(x)1/π(x) is exponential, and the time needed to make the bound small drops accordingly. This is the mechanism behind the sharp mixing bounds the paper derives from α\alphaα.

The results are proved in the paper and are classical; they are not, to our knowledge, formalized. The platform has measure-theoretic statements of Pinsker's inequality and the published finite Markov chain vocabulary of Levin–Peres–Wilmer (stochastic matrices, stationarity, total variation, the heat kernel), but nothing about log-Sobolev constants of finite chains, the entropy derivative along a Markov semigroup, or entropy decay. A formal development provides the entropy layer of the finite-chain theory: the adjoint semigroup, the dissipation identity, the comparison of E(log⁡f,f)\mathcal E(\log f,f)E(logf,f) with E(f,f)\mathcal E(\sqrt f,\sqrt f)E(f​,f​), and Pinsker's inequality in the encoding used by the mixing-time library.

Difficulty

The statement is about measures, while the natural quantities to differentiate are densities with respect to π\piπ, and for a nonreversible chain the density of μHt\mu H_tμHt​ evolves under the adjoint semigroup, not under HtH_tHt​. The Dirichlet form is not symmetric, so the order of its arguments matters at every step, and the improvement from 2α2\alpha2α to 4α4\alpha4α holds only under reversibility.

The obvious first idea, differentiating Entπ(μHt)\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu H_t)Entπ​(μHt​) term by term, meets log⁡0\log 0log0 wherever the density vanishes. The initial law may be a point mass, and for a reducible chain the density can stay zero at positive times. The argument must therefore handle the boundary t=0t=0t=0 and the degenerate laws separately from the smooth interior. The constant α\alphaα is defined as an infimum over all functions, with no claim that it is attained or positive.

Formalization scope

The state space is a Fintype with decidable equality, KKK is a real matrix with the published predicate MarkovMixing.IsStochastic, π\piπ satisfies MarkovMixing.IsStationary K π and π(x)>0\pi(x)>0π(x)>0 for all xxx, and reversibility is MarkovMixing.DetailedBalance K π. HtH_tHt​ is the published MarkovMixing.heatKernel K t (the Poisson series), the adjoint kernel is MarkovMixing.timeReversal K π, and total variation is MarkovMixing.tvDist. Time is real, and the decay statements are for t>0t>0t>0.

The local definitions are E(f,g)=∑x(f(x)−Kf(x))g(x)π(x)\mathcal E(f,g)=\sum_x(f(x)-Kf(x))g(x)\pi(x)E(f,g)=∑x​(f(x)−Kf(x))g(x)π(x), the norms ∥f∥p\|f\|_p∥f∥p​, L\mathcal LL, α\alphaα as a real infimum over the ratios with L(f)≠0\mathcal L(f)\ne0L(f)=0, Entπ(μ)\mathrm{Ent}_\pi(\mu)Entπ​(μ), and μHt\mu H_tμHt​ as the row vector μ Ht\mu\,H_tμHt​. Lean's Real.log 0 = 0 implements 0log⁡0=00\log0=00log0=0. The goal does not assume irreducibility: it is true for every stochastic KKK with a positive invariant probability, and a reducible chain has α=0\alpha=0α=0. The companion (3.3) keeps irreducibility, the standing assumption of Section 3. In Lemmas 2.5 and 2.7 the paper's f≥0f\ge0f≥0 is strengthened to f>0f>0f>0, because log⁡f\log flogf is −∞-\infty−∞ at a zero of fff on the page and 000 in Lean.

Several encodings would make the goal trivially true and are ruled out. α\alphaα is not assumed positive. μ\muμ is a probability, since for μ=2π\mu=2\piμ=2π the entropy is a positive constant in ttt. π\piπ is invariant and positive, so μ/π\mu/\piμ/π is meaningful. The eigenvalue-based MarkovMixing.spectralGap is not used. Applying HtH_tHt​ to μ\muμ as a function, HtμH_t\muHt​μ, is not the same as μHt\mu H_tμHt​ for a nonreversible chain.

A complete development needs: termwise differentiation of the heat-kernel series and the semigroup property ∂tHt=(K−I)Ht\partial_tH_t=(K-I)H_t∂t​Ht​=(K−I)Ht​; the adjoint identity for HtH_tHt​; elementary convexity inequalities for log⁡\loglog and ⋅\sqrt{\cdot}⋅​; the symmetric form of E\mathcal EE for reversible chains; Pinsker's inequality on a finite set; and a scalar Grönwall lemma. The heat-kernel calculus and Pinsker's inequality in the MarkovMixing.tvDist encoding are reusable by the other missions of this series and by any mixing-time development. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • P. Diaconis and L. Saloff-Coste, Logarithmic Sobolev inequalities for finite Markov chains, Ann. Appl. Probab. 6 (1996), 695–750. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1034968224
  • L. Gross, Logarithmic Sobolev inequalities, Amer. J. Math. 97 (1975), 1061–1083. https://doi.org/10.2307/2373688
  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres and E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, 2nd ed., American Mathematical Society, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1090/mbk/107
14 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 3: Sufficient Conditions for a Three-Region Optimal Policy and for an Optimal Policy That Never InspectsResearch Paper

Motivation

Inspection and revision cost money, but continued production can allow a deteriorating process to remain in a costly state. A controller therefore needs a rule that converts incomplete information about the process into an action. Ross's two-state model makes that decision precise: the process can be good or bad, the bad state persists until revision, and inspection reveals the current state. The observable state for decision making is a probability rather than the underlying process state. This setup is useful when quality is inferred from occasional inspection and actions must be chosen before the state is known. Ross proved structural results for discounted control in this model, including sufficient conditions for a policy with one inspection interval and for a policy with no inspection at all. Ross (1971)

The conditions in Theorem 3.7 use the model's optimal value itself. They are therefore structural tests for the shape of an optimal rule, rather than parameter-only design formulas. The preceding concavity, monotonicity and Lipschitz estimates explain which features of that value function support the tests. The mission records those estimates alongside the main result, so the target is a coherent part of the paper rather than an isolated inequality. Ross (1971), pp. 589–593

Setting

The belief P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that the production process is in the bad state at the beginning of a period. A good process becomes bad during a period with probability π∈[0,1]\pi\in[0,1]π∈[0,1] if it is not revised. A bad process remains bad. Thus producing without inspection changes the next belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. The discount factor is β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1). Producing without inspection has cost 000 in the good state and cost CCC in the bad state, so its expected current cost is CPCPCP. Inspection costs III in either state, and revision costs RRR in either state. The standing order is 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R. The explicit C>0C>0C>0 records that CCC is a cost and makes the quotient in Theorem 3.7 meaningful.

Write Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) for the discounted value starting from belief PPP. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is π\piπ after observing a good process and 111 after observing a bad one. Revision resets the next belief to π\piπ. The three current-plus-continuation costs are

qP(P)=CP+βVβ(T(P)),qI(P)=I+βPVβ(1)+β(1−P)Vβ(π),qR(P)=R+βVβ(π).\begin{aligned} q_{\mathrm P}(P)&=CP+\beta V_\beta(T(P)),\\ q_{\mathrm I}(P)&=I+\beta P V_\beta(1)+\beta(1-P)V_\beta(\pi),\\ q_{\mathrm R}(P)&=R+\beta V_\beta(\pi). \end{aligned}qP​(P)qI​(P)qR​(P)​=CP+βVβ​(T(P)),=I+βPVβ​(1)+β(1−P)Vβ​(π),=R+βVβ​(π).​

The Bellman equation is Vβ(P)=min⁡{qP(P),qI(P),qR(P)}V_\beta(P)=\min\{q_{\mathrm P}(P),q_{\mathrm I}(P),q_{\mathrm R}(P)\}Vβ​(P)=min{qP​(P),qI​(P),qR​(P)}. A stationary rule is β\betaβ-optimal here when it chooses an action attaining this minimum at every admissible belief. This is the paper's decision rule criterion associated with equation (3). Ross (1971), p. 590, equation (3)

Formalization targets

The first target is the sufficient condition for an optimal three-region rule. Set Δ=Vβ(1)−Vβ(π)\Delta=V_\beta(1)-V_\beta(\pi)Δ=Vβ​(1)−Vβ​(π). If

(1−β)(R+βVβ(π))C≤R−IβΔ,\frac{(1-\beta)(R+\beta V_\beta(\pi))}{C}\le\frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta},C(1−β)(R+βVβ​(π))​≤βΔR−I​,

there are thresholds π≤P1≤P2\pi\le P_1\le P_2π≤P1​≤P2​ such that an optimal rule produces for P<P1P<P_1P<P1​, inspects for P1≤P<P2P_1\le P<P_2P1​≤P<P2​, and revises for P≥P2P\ge P_2P≥P2​. The revise interval may be empty: if no admissible belief has revision as an optimal action, P2P_2P2​ may exceed 111. If revision is optimal somewhere, the conclusion includes P2≤1P_2\le1P2​≤1. This is a repair to the printed bound in Theorem 3.7(a); the proof on p. 593 explicitly lets a missing threshold be infinite. Ross (1971), pp. 592–593, Theorem 3.7(a)

The second target gives an optimal no-inspection rule. If

I+βΔ≥C1−β(1−π)orR−IβΔ≤RC(1−β(1−π)),I+\beta\Delta\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)} \quad\text{or}\quad \frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta}\le\frac{R}{C}\bigl(1-\beta(1-\pi)\bigr),I+βΔ≥1−β(1−π)C​orβΔR−I​≤CR​(1−β(1−π)),

then some P1≥πP_1\ge\piP1​≥π gives an optimal rule that produces below P1P_1P1​ and revises from P1P_1P1​ onward. A threshold above 111 is allowed and means that the rule produces throughout the admissible belief interval. Both alternatives in the source's condition are retained. Ross (1971), p. 592, Theorem 3.7(b)

Significance

The theorem identifies two kinds of simple stationary rule that can be optimal despite the value function depending on an unobserved process state. It says more than the existence of an optimal action at each belief: the selected actions can be arranged in belief intervals, and in the second regime inspection can be omitted entirely. These statements provide a compact description of decisions over the full continuum P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. Ross (1971), Theorem 3.7

The result was proved in the 1971 paper. This mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of its two repaired clauses, the value equation, and the stated shape estimates. The definitions and finite-horizon bound can also support later formalizations of related belief-state control models. No proof of this mission's draft theorem is claimed merely by compiling its statement.

Difficulty

The action costs have different shapes as functions of belief: inspection and revision give affine and constant expressions, while the production alternative includes the value at an updated belief. The apparent order of their pairwise crossings does not by itself establish that one selected rule attains the minimum at every belief. Equalities at a threshold also matter, since the rule must be optimal at the boundary points. The printed upper bound on the last threshold fails when revision never minimizes the Bellman equation; imposing it without qualification would make the formal target false.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a belief as a real number and restricts all claims to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It defines V0=0V^0=0V0=0 and obtains Vn+1V^{n+1}Vn+1 by taking the minimum of the three action costs with continuation VnV^nVn, exactly as in equation (4). The value VβV_\betaVβ​ is the limit of these iterates; convergence and boundedness are part of the equation (3) milestone. This prevents an arbitrary function satisfying a convenient fixed-point hypothesis from replacing the value the paper studies. The rule types are total real-to-action functions, while optimality is checked for every admissible belief, including P=1P=1P=1 and both thresholds.

The paper's general Lemma 2.1 is represented by its scalar two-state instance. The finite-horizon Lipschitz bound and its limiting corollary use P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1]. The last quotient in Corollary 3.6 divides by π\piπ, so that second inequality is stated under π>0\pi>0π>0; the first inequality, and the main theorem, cover π=0\pi=0π=0. If π=1\pi=1π=1, then Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0. Lean's real division gives a zero quotient in that case; the two implications in Theorem 3.7 remain valid under this convention. The development needs reusable results about convergence of discounted value iteration, concavity and monotonicity on an interval, and elementary estimates for affine belief updates. Contributions establishing those results or proving either sufficient-condition clause are within scope.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 2: Never Inspecting or Revising Is Optimal Exactly When R ≥ C/(1 − β(1 − π))Research Paper

Motivation

A production process can deteriorate without an operator seeing its current condition. Producing a unit, inspecting the process, and revising the process have different immediate costs and different effects on what can be known or controlled next period. The operator therefore needs a rule based on a belief about deterioration, rather than on the hidden physical state. Ross's two-state model asks when the simplest rule, producing every period without inspection, is actually optimal over an unlimited discounted horizon Ross 1971.

The question matters whenever an action has a cost now but may reduce future losses. Paying for inspection only supplies information; paying for revision restores a deteriorated process. The answer depends on the bad-state production cost, the deterioration probability, the revision charge, and the weight assigned to future periods. A comparison of immediate costs alone cannot settle whether revision is worthwhile. Ross's Theorem 3.4 gives an exact boundary between a regime where producing forever is optimal from every initial belief and a regime where revision is forced when deterioration is nearly certain Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4.

Setting

There are two underlying states: good and bad. The current state is hidden, and P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that it is bad at the beginning of a period. Producing without inspection costs zero in the good state and CCC in the bad state, so its expected immediate cost is CPCPCP. A good process becomes bad with probability π\piπ in one period; a bad process remains bad until revision. Thus a period of production without inspection changes the belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. These are the conventions of the paper's Section 3 Ross 1971, p. 590.

The other actions are inspection, at cost III, and revision, at cost RRR. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is 111 when the state was bad and π\piπ when it was good. Revision returns the process to the good state before its next transition, so the next belief is π\piπ. The standing parameter conditions are 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0≤π≤10\le\pi\le10≤π≤1, and 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R; β\betaβ is the discount factor. The paper explicitly assumes C<I<RC<I<RC<I<R and a discount factor in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Positive CCC states the intended positive bad-state cost and makes the threshold comparison meaningful Ross 1971, pp. 588, 590.

For a future-cost function WWW, the three Bellman alternatives at belief PPP are CP+βW(TP)CP+\beta W(TP)CP+βW(TP), I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π)I+\beta P W(1)+\beta(1-P)W(\pi)I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π), and R+βW(π)R+\beta W(\pi)R+βW(π). Their minimum defines one step of finite-horizon value iteration, beginning with V0=0V^0=0V0=0. The limit Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) is the optimal discounted cost. Write R0R^0R0 for the rule that always produces without inspection, and define its cost from the actual discounted series ψ(P)=∑n=0∞βnCTnP\psi(P)=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\beta^n C T^nPψ(P)=∑n=0∞​βnCTnP Ross 1971, equations (3)–(5).

Formalization targets

The first target establishes that value iteration converges on [0,1][0,1][0,1], gives a bounded solution to the two-state Bellman equation, and identifies that solution uniquely among bounded functions. The iterated update and Ross's equation (5) then evaluate the cost of R0R^0R0:

TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=C1−β−C(1−P)1−β(1−π).T^nP=1-(1-P)(1-\pi)^n,\qquad \psi(P)=\frac{C}{1-\beta}-\frac{C(1-P)}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=1−βC​−1−β(1−π)C(1−P)​.

The sensitivity milestones retain the exact finite-horizon factor in Lemma 3.5 and the infinite-horizon bound in Corollary 3.6. In particular, for P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1],

∣Vβ(P1)−Vβ(P2)∣≤C∣P1−P2∣1−β(1−π).|V_\beta(P_1)-V_\beta(P_2)|\le \frac{C|P_1-P_2|}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.∣Vβ​(P1​)−Vβ​(P2​)∣≤1−β(1−π)C∣P1​−P2​∣​.

The mission goal is both clauses of Theorem 3.4. The always-produce rule is optimal from every initial belief exactly at and above the threshold

R≥C1−β(1−π).R\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.R≥1−β(1−π)C​.

Below that threshold, revision is the unique minimizing action for beliefs sufficiently near 111 from the left Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Significance

The theorem gives a parameter test for omitting both inspection and revision from an optimal policy in this model. Its second clause adds a local statement when that test fails: near certain deterioration, merely allowing revision as one optimal choice is insufficient; any optimal choice must revise. The sensitivity bounds quantify the effect of imperfect knowledge of the state and supply continuity of the value function used in the paper's treatment of that neighborhood Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4 and Corollary 3.6.

Ross proved these results in 1971. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the paper's exact statements in a concrete two-state discounted model. The reusable formal objects are the belief update, the three-action Bellman operator, finite-horizon values, and the always-produce cost series. The goal and milestones here are open formalization targets; their mathematical status as published theorems is distinct from their proof status in Lean.

Difficulty

The cost of always producing can be computed explicitly, but equality with the optimal value is a global assertion about all beliefs and all three available actions. A comparison at one belief does not certify optimality everywhere. The reverse implication also has to recover a parameter inequality from optimality of a policy, rather than from its immediate cost alone. The strict conclusion near P=1P=1P=1 requires control of the value as the belief varies; pointwise action comparison at P=1P=1P=1 does not itself establish an interval Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses real parameters and a real belief restricted to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It has three explicit actions and the exact right-hand sides of equation (3). Its value is the limit of iteration from V0=0V^0=0V0=0, so V1=min⁡{CP,I,R}V^1=\min\{CP,I,R\}V1=min{CP,I,R} matches the paper. Convergence, boundedness, and Bellman uniqueness are stated as a milestone. The always-produce cost is the infinite series of actual stage costs, with its closed form reserved for a separate milestone. Consequently, defining the cost by equation (5) cannot make that milestone true by definition.

The discounted-optimality claim for R0R^0R0 means ψ(P)=Vβ(P)\psi(P)=V_\beta(P)ψ(P)=Vβ​(P) for every P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. The phrase “every optimal policy revises” is represented by revision being strictly cheaper in the Bellman equation than both other actions; this expresses a unique minimizing action for a stationary decision at that belief. “Near 111” means a one-sided neighborhood within [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The second inequality in Corollary 3.6 is stated only when π>0\pi>0π>0, because division by π=0\pi=0π=0 has a default value in Lean. The first inequality and Theorem 3.4 retain the π=0\pi=0π=0 case.

The development needs real series, limits, finite-horizon recursion, elementary inequalities, and bounded fixed-point reasoning. Proofs of the model-specific Bellman equation, cost identity, exact sensitivity bounds, and Theorem 3.4 are welcome. General tools for discounted Bellman operators or real-series identities would also be useful beyond this mission. No policy class is smuggled in as an arbitrary hypothesis: the value and the cost of R0R^0R0 are computed from the model data.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Contact Interactions on a Lattice II: If λₖ/μ < k/(2d − 1), the Expected Size of a Contact Process Is Integrable in TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

The contact process is the basic model of an infection spreading on a graph: infected sites recover at a constant rate, and healthy sites are infected at a rate that depends on how many of their neighbours are infected. T. E. Harris introduced it in Contact Interactions on a Lattice (Ann. Probab. 2, 1974, doi:10.1214/aop/1176996493), and it became one of the central examples of the theory of interacting particle systems (Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, 1985, Ch. VI; Liggett, Stochastic Interacting Systems, 1999, Part I). Its questions are those of epidemiology and population dynamics on a spatial grid: does a finite infection die out, and how large does it get on the way?

Harris's paper gives the first rigorous subcritical bounds. Section 7 treats two quantities for a process started from a finite set: the probability p∞(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)p∞​(ξ) of surviving forever, and the expected size mt(ξ)m_t(\xi)mt​(ξ) at time ttt. This mission formalizes the second, Theorem 7.6: under an explicit condition on the rates, the expected size is integrable in time. The companion mission (Contact Interactions on a Lattice I) formalizes Theorem 7.1, extinction under the same condition.

A short timeline. Harris (1974) defined the process, proved monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity by coupling, and gave the bounds of §7 and a survival result for large rates (§9). Holley and Liggett (Ann. Probab. 3, 1975) developed duality for such systems. Holley and Liggett's paper also proves, for a discrete-time branching process with interference, the analogue PF(An≠∅)≤EF∣An∣≤λn∣F∣P_F(A_n\ne\varnothing)\le E_F|A_n|\le\lambda^n|F|PF​(An​=∅)≤EF​∣An​∣≤λn∣F∣ of the size bounds studied here; it is a different process, related but not reused.

Setting

Fix d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and the lattice ZdZ_dZd​ of integer points x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x^1, \dots, x^d)x=(x1,…,xd). Sites x,yx, yx,y are neighbours, x∼yx \sim yx∼y, if ∑i∣xi−yi∣=1\sum_i |x^i - y^i| = 1∑i​∣xi−yi∣=1; NxN_xNx​ is the set of the 2d2d2d neighbours of xxx. A configuration is a finite set ξ⊂Zd\xi \subset Z_dξ⊂Zd​ (the set Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​); ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣ is its number of points, ξ(Nx)\xi(N_x)ξ(Nx​) is the number of neighbours of xxx in ξ\xiξ, and x∼ξx \sim \xix∼ξ means x∉ξx \notin \xix∈/ξ and xxx has a neighbour in ξ\xiξ.

The parameters are a death rate μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 and birth rates λ0=0,λ1,…,λ2d≥0\lambda_0 = 0, \lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_{2d} \ge 0λ0​=0,λ1​,…,λ2d​≥0. The contact process is the continuous-time Markov chain on finite configurations that, from ξ\xiξ, removes a point x∈ξx \in \xix∈ξ at rate μ\muμ and adds a site x∼ξx \sim \xix∼ξ at rate λξ(Nx)\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}λξ(Nx​)​. Its total jump rate is

qξ=μ∣ξ∣+∑x∼ξλξ(Nx).q_\xi = \mu|\xi| + \sum_{x \sim \xi} \lambda_{\xi(N_x)} .qξ​=μ∣ξ∣+x∼ξ∑​λξ(Nx​)​.

The empty configuration is absorbing. Pt(ξ,η)P_t(\xi, \eta)Pt​(ξ,η) is its transition function, r(ξ,η)=qξη/qξr(\xi,\eta) = q_{\xi\eta}/q_\xir(ξ,η)=qξη​/qξ​ the transition matrix of its jump chain, and

mt(ξ)=Eξ ∣ξt∣=∑ηPt(ξ,η) ∣η∣m_t(\xi) = \mathscr E_\xi\, |\xi_t| = \sum_{\eta} P_t(\xi, \eta)\, |\eta|mt​(ξ)=Eξ​∣ξt​∣=η∑​Pt​(ξ,η)∣η∣

the expected size at time ttt. In the Lean development these are trans μ lam t ξ η, jump μ lam ξ η and meanSize μ lam t ξ, where lam k is λk\lambda_kλk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.6 (p. 982)

If μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and

λkμ<k2d−1,k=1,…,2d,\frac{\lambda_k}{\mu} < \frac{k}{2d-1}, \qquad k = 1, \dots, 2d,μλk​​<2d−1k​,k=1,…,2d,

then for every finite ξ\xiξ,

∫0∞mt(ξ) dt<∞.\int_0^\infty m_t(\xi)\, dt < \infty .∫0∞​mt​(ξ)dt<∞.

Milestones

In the paper's proof order:

  1. Lemma 4.7: mt(ξ)≤∣ξ∣ e(2dΛ−μ)tm_t(\xi) \le |\xi|\, e^{(2d\Lambda - \mu)t}mt​(ξ)≤∣ξ∣e(2dΛ−μ)t with Λ=max⁡iλi\Lambda = \max_i \lambda_iΛ=maxi​λi​.
  2. Lemma 5.8, its mtm_tmt​ half: λk≤min⁡j≥kλj′\lambda_k \le \min_{j \ge k} \lambda'_jλk​≤minj≥k​λj′​ implies mt≤mt′m_t \le m'_tmt​≤mt′​.
  3. The change of time scale: multiplying all rates by ccc replaces mtm_tmt​ by mctm_{ct}mct​.
  4. Remark 5.5, three times. mtm_tmt​ is increasing in ξ\xiξ when λk↑\lambda_k \uparrowλk​↑; it is subadditive when also λk/k↓\lambda_k / k \downarrowλk​/k↓; and it is submodular when λ\lambdaλ is concave and non-decreasing.
  5. The first-jump equation (7.7) for a pair of neighbours, with K=2+(4d−2)λK = 2 + (4d-2)\lambdaK=2+(4d−2)λ.
  6. The bound after (7.11): M2(T)−M1(T)≤1/(1−(2d−1)λ)M_2(T) - M_1(T) \le 1/(1 - (2d-1)\lambda)M2​(T)−M1​(T)≤1/(1−(2d−1)λ).
  7. Lemma 7.5: if ∫0∞mt({x}) dt=∞\int_0^\infty m_t(\{x\})\,dt = \infty∫0∞​mt​({x})dt=∞, then ∫0∞(mt(ξ)−mt({x})) dt=∞\int_0^\infty (m_t(\xi) - m_t(\{x\}))\,dt = \infty∫0∞​(mt​(ξ)−mt​({x}))dt=∞ for ∣ξ∣≥2|\xi| \ge 2∣ξ∣≥2.

After the goal come two consequences: Lemma 4.11, mt+h(ξ)≥e−μhmt(ξ)m_{t+h}(\xi) \ge e^{-\mu h} m_t(\xi)mt+h​(ξ)≥e−μhmt​(ξ), and Remark 7.12, mt(ξ)→0m_t(\xi) \to 0mt​(ξ)→0.

Significance

The theorem says that the total expected infection time, summed over all sites, is finite. That is stronger than extinction (Theorem 7.1), and it quantifies how fast the process dies out on average. With Lemma 4.11 it gives mt(ξ)→0m_t(\xi) \to 0mt​(ξ)→0. Bounds on the expected size are the standard route to subcritical estimates for spatial epidemics and branching systems with interference. The milestones are also the paper's general tools. Monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity of mtm_tmt​, comparison of rate sequences, and time scaling hold for every contact process and are reusable beyond this mission.

The theorem has been known since 1974, and the formalization of the contact process is new work: the platform has no machine-checked development of an interacting particle system on ZdZ_dZd​, nor of a continuous-time chain with unbounded rates. The mission produces a formal model of the contact process from a finite set, a Lean proof of the subcritical bound, and the coupling inequalities (stated here for mtm_tmt​) that any further work on the process will need.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. One would bound the growth rate of ∣ξt∣|\xi_t|∣ξt​∣ by its worst case: a site is born at rate at most λk\lambda_kλk​ for each of at most 2d∣ξ∣2d|\xi|2d∣ξ∣ boundary sites. This gives only Lemma 4.7, an exponential bound whose exponent 2dΛ−μ2d\Lambda - \mu2dΛ−μ is positive in most of the regime of the theorem. The factor 2d−12d - 12d−1 instead of 2d2d2d comes from correlations: a newly born site always has an occupied neighbour, so it adds at most 2d−12d - 12d−1 new boundary sites. Capturing this needs the comparison between a single site and a pair of neighbours in (7.7)–(7.11), together with submodularity, which is a coupling statement about the whole process. Lemma 7.5 then has to turn a bound on the difference M2−M1M_2 - M_1M2​−M1​ into a bound on M1M_1M1​, and the paper omits its proof.

In the formal setting the chain has unbounded rates (since qξq_\xiqξ​ grows with ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣), so its transition function is not a matrix exponential. Uniformization does not apply either, and every statement goes through the minimal solution of the backward equations.

Formalization scope

  • The chain model. The process is the countable-state chain on finite configurations that the paper itself uses from §4 on. Theorems 4.1 and 4.3 show that the infinite-volume process started in Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is this chain. No process on infinite configurations and no probability space is constructed, and PξP_\xiPξ​, Eξ\mathscr E_\xiEξ​ enter only through PtP_tPt​.
  • The transition function. PtP_tPt​ is the minimal transition function of the rates (4.4)–(4.5), Pt=sup⁡nPt(n)P_t = \sup_n P^{(n)}_tPt​=supn​Pt(n)​, where Pt(n)P^{(n)}_tPt(n)​ is defined by Feller's backward recursion over at most nnn jumps.
  • Finite initial sets. Statements the paper makes for all ξ∈Ξ\xi \in \Xiξ∈Ξ (Lemmas 4.11 and 5.8, Remark 5.5) are drafted for finite ξ\xiξ.
  • Values. PtP_tPt​, ptp_tpt​ and mtm_tmt​ take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Integrals of mtm_tmt​ are Lebesgue integrals of [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions.
  • Lattice. Sites are Fin d → ℤ with the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 adjacency of the paper.
  • Standing hypotheses. Every statement carries d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0 and λk≥0\lambda_k \ge 0λk​≥0 for k≤2dk \le 2dk≤2d. Conditions on λ\lambdaλ range over k≤2dk \le 2dk≤2d only, since λk\lambda_kλk​ for k>2dk > 2dk>2d never enters the model. The goal adds μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, which the paper's ratio λk/μ\lambda_k/\muλk​/μ presupposes.

Several trivializing formalizations are excluded:

  • mtm_tmt​ is not a real tsum, which would be 000 when the series diverges;
  • the integral is not a real Bochner integral, which would be 000 for a non-integrable function;
  • the rate condition does not range over all k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N;
  • μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 is not left implicit: in Lean λk/0=0\lambda_k / 0 = 0λk​/0=0, and at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 the conclusion is false;
  • the goal is not stated for singletons only.

A complete development needs the backward equation and non-explosion for PtP_tPt​ (Theorem 4.3, formalized in the companion mission), Fubini–Tonelli for ∑\sum∑ and ∫\int∫ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and couplings of contact processes. The couplings are the paper's auxiliary multi-type processes (§§5–6), or an equivalent argument on the generator. Contributions are welcome at every level. The coupling lemmas and the backward and forward equations for minimal chains are the parts most reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • T. E. Harris, Contact interactions on a lattice, Ann. Probab. 2(6), 969–988, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996493
  • R. Holley, T. M. Liggett, Ergodic theorems for weakly interacting infinite systems and the voter model, Ann. Probab. 3(4), 643–663, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996306
  • T. M. Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8542-4
  • W. Feller, On the integro-differential equations of purely discontinuous Markoff processes, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48, 488–515, 1940. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1940-0002697-3
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1997, §2.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Contact Interactions on a Lattice I: A Contact Process with (2d − 1)λₖ < kμ Dies Out from Every Finite Initial SetResearch Paper

Motivation

The contact process is the basic model of an infection spreading on a lattice: each infected site recovers at a constant rate, and each healthy site becomes infected at a rate that depends on how many of its neighbours are infected. It was introduced by T. E. Harris in Contact Interactions on a Lattice (Ann. Probab. 2, 1974), and it became one of the central examples of interacting particle systems, alongside the voter model and the stochastic Ising model (Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, 1985, Ch. VI). Its main question is whether a finite infection dies out with probability one or survives forever with positive probability, and how that answer depends on the rates.

Harris's paper gives the first answers. It shows that, under natural conditions on the rates, the probability of survival is monotone, subadditive and submodular as a function of the initial set, and it uses these properties to prove a condition for certain extinction: Theorem 7.1. For the linear contact process (recovery rate 111, infection rate λ\lambdaλ per infected neighbour) the condition is (2d−1)λ<1(2d-1)\lambda<1(2d−1)λ<1. Holley obtained Theorem 7.1 by different methods at about the same time (footnote 4, p. 981); Holley and Liggett (Ann. Probab. 3, 1975) later developed the duality theory of such processes.

Setting

Let ZdZ_dZd​ be the ddd-dimensional integer lattice, d≥1d\ge1d≥1. Sites x,yx,yx,y are neighbours, x∼yx\sim yx∼y, if ∑i∣xi−yi∣=1\sum_i|x^i-y^i|=1∑i​∣xi−yi∣=1; NxN_xNx​ is the set of the 2d2d2d neighbours of xxx. A configuration is a finite set ξ⊂Zd\xi\subset Z_dξ⊂Zd​ of infected sites; Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is the set of all of them, ξ(Nx)=∣ξ∩Nx∣\xi(N_x)=|\xi\cap N_x|ξ(Nx​)=∣ξ∩Nx​∣, and x∼ξx\sim\xix∼ξ means x∉ξx\notin\xix∈/ξ and xxx has a neighbour in ξ\xiξ.

The parameters are a recovery rate μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 and infection rates λ0=0,λ1,…,λ2d≥0\lambda_0=0,\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_{2d}\ge0λ0​=0,λ1​,…,λ2d​≥0. The contact process {ξt}\{\xi_t\}{ξt​} started from a finite set is the continuous-time Markov chain on Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ that leaves ξ\xiξ at rate

qξ=μ∣ξ∣+∑x∼ξλξ(Nx)(4.4)q_\xi=\mu|\xi|+\sum_{x\sim\xi}\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}\qquad(4.4)qξ​=μ∣ξ∣+x∼ξ∑​λξ(Nx​)​(4.4)

and jumps to ξ∖x\xi\setminus xξ∖x (x∈ξx\in\xix∈ξ) at rate μ\muμ and to ξ∪x\xi\cup xξ∪x (x∼ξx\sim\xix∼ξ) at rate λξ(Nx)\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}λξ(Nx​)​ (4.5). The empty set is absorbing. Write Pt(ξ,η)P_t(\xi,\eta)Pt​(ξ,η) for its transition function, r(ξ,η)=qξη/qξr(\xi,\eta)=q_{\xi\eta}/q_\xir(ξ,η)=qξη​/qξ​ for the transition matrix of its imbedded jump chain, and

pt(ξ)=Pξ{ξt≠∅},p∞(ξ)=lim⁡t→∞pt(ξ),mt(ξ)=Eξ∣ξt∣.p_t(\xi)=P_\xi\{\xi_t\neq\varnothing\},\qquad p_\infty(\xi)=\lim_{t\to\infty}p_t(\xi),\qquad m_t(\xi)=\mathscr E_\xi|\xi_t| .pt​(ξ)=Pξ​{ξt​=∅},p∞​(ξ)=t→∞lim​pt​(ξ),mt​(ξ)=Eξ​∣ξt​∣.

The process is increasing, subadditive or submodular if, for all ξ,η\xi,\etaξ,η and t≥0t\ge0t≥0, respectively pt(ξ)≤pt(ξ∪η)p_t(\xi)\le p_t(\xi\cup\eta)pt​(ξ)≤pt​(ξ∪η), pt(ξ∪η)≤pt(ξ)+pt(η)p_t(\xi\cup\eta)\le p_t(\xi)+p_t(\eta)pt​(ξ∪η)≤pt​(ξ)+pt​(η), or pt(ξ∪η)+pt(ξ∩η)≤pt(ξ)+pt(η)p_t(\xi\cup\eta)+p_t(\xi\cap\eta)\le p_t(\xi)+p_t(\eta)pt​(ξ∪η)+pt​(ξ∩η)≤pt​(ξ)+pt​(η) ((5.2)–(5.4)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 981)

If

(2d−1)λk<kμ,k=1,…,2d,(2d-1)\lambda_k<k\mu,\qquad k=1,\dots,2d,(2d−1)λk​<kμ,k=1,…,2d,

then

p∞(ξ)=0for every finite ξ⊂Zd.p_\infty(\xi)=0\qquad\text{for every finite }\xi\subset Z_d .p∞​(ξ)=0for every finite ξ⊂Zd​.

Milestones, in the order of the paper

  1. Theorem 4.3 (p. 975): from a finite set the process has finitely many jumps on every [0,t][0,t][0,t]; equivalently ∑ηPt(ξ,η)=1\sum_\eta P_t(\xi,\eta)=1∑η​Pt​(ξ,η)=1.
  2. (5.1) (p. 976): pt(ξ)p_t(\xi)pt​(ξ) is non-increasing in ttt, so p∞(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)p∞​(ξ) is a limit.
  3. Theorem 5.6(a) (p. 977): if λk↑\lambda_k\uparrowλk​↑, the process is increasing.
  4. Theorem 5.6(b) (p. 977): if moreover λk/k↓\lambda_k/k\downarrowλk​/k↓, it is subadditive.
  5. Lemma 5.8 (p. 978): if λk≤min⁡j≥kλj′\lambda_k\le\min_{j\ge k}\lambda'_jλk​≤minj≥k​λj′​, then pt≤pt′p_t\le p'_tpt​≤pt′​ and mt≤mt′m_t\le m'_tmt​≤mt′​.
  6. Theorem 6.2 (p. 979): if {λi}\{\lambda_i\}{λi​} is concave and non-decreasing with λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0, the process is submodular.
  7. Change of time scale (p. 981): multiplying all rates by c>0c>0c>0 replaces PtP_tPt​ by PctP_{ct}Pct​ and leaves p∞p_\inftyp∞​ unchanged.
  8. First-step display (p. 981): for a subadditive process, a singleton {x}\{x\}{x}, and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, p∞({x})=∑ηr(n)({x},η)p∞(η)≤p∞({x}) Ex∣ξ(n)∣p_\infty(\{x\})=\sum_\eta r^{(n)}(\{x\},\eta)p_\infty(\eta)\le p_\infty(\{x\})\,\mathscr E_x|\xi_{(n)}|p∞​({x})=∑η​r(n)({x},η)p∞​(η)≤p∞​({x})Ex​∣ξ(n)​∣.
  9. (7.2) (p. 981): for μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λk=kλ\lambda_k=k\lambdaλk​=kλ: π1=2dλ1+2dλπ2\pi_1=\frac{2d\lambda}{1+2d\lambda}\pi_2π1​=1+2dλ2dλ​π2​, where π1,π2\pi_1,\pi_2π1​,π2​ are p∞p_\inftyp∞​ of a site and of a pair of neighbours.
  10. (7.3)–(7.4) (p. 981): π2−π1=(1+(2d−1)λ)∑′r(ξ,ξ∪x)(p∞(ξ∪x)−π2)≤(π2−π1)(2d−1)λ\pi_2-\pi_1=(1+(2d-1)\lambda)\sum'r(\xi,\xi\cup x)(p_\infty(\xi\cup x)-\pi_2)\le(\pi_2-\pi_1)(2d-1)\lambdaπ2​−π1​=(1+(2d−1)λ)∑′r(ξ,ξ∪x)(p∞​(ξ∪x)−π2​)≤(π2​−π1​)(2d−1)λ.
  11. Conclusion of the proof (p. 981): for μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λk=kλ\lambda_k=k\lambdaλk​=kλ, π1>0\pi_1>0π1​>0 implies (2d−1)λ≥1(2d-1)\lambda\ge1(2d−1)λ≥1.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 gives a computable sufficient condition for extinction that holds in every dimension and for every non-linear infection law satisfying it. For the linear process it gives the lower bound λc≥1/(2d−1)\lambda_c\ge1/(2d-1)λc​≥1/(2d−1) on the critical infection rate; the paper's §9 shows conversely that the process survives for large λk/μ\lambda_k/\muλk​/μ, so the critical rate is non-trivial. The monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity theorems of §§5–6 are the comparison tools on which much of the later theory of attractive spin systems was built, and Lemma 5.8 is the prototype of comparison between processes with ordered rates.

The results are proved in the paper, and the proof of Theorem 7.1 is half a page once §§5–6 are available. No machine-checked version of the contact process, of its comparison theorems, or of Theorem 7.1 is known to exist. A formalization produces a continuous-time Markov chain with unbounded rates and an absorbing state on a countable state space, its minimal transition function, a non-explosion criterion, first-step analysis for absorption probabilities, and coupling arguments for monotone comparison. The companion mission Contact Interactions on a Lattice II treats Theorem 7.6, the integrability of the expected size, on the same model.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is first-step analysis on singletons and pairs, (7.2) and (7.3). It fails as it stands because (7.3) involves p∞p_\inftyp∞​ of every three-point set ξ∪x\xi\cup xξ∪x, and no finite system of first-step equations closes; some inequality between survival probabilities of nested sets is needed, and the milestones record the one the paper uses. Submodularity, subadditivity and monotonicity are not consequences of the rates by direct computation: the paper proves each by building several contact processes on one probability space (Tables 1–4), which in a formal development means constructing couplings of chains with unbounded rates and checking that each marginal has the right law. The reduction from general λk\lambda_kλk​ to the linear case also needs the comparison Lemma 5.8, another coupling. Finally the rates grow linearly in ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣, so uniformization does not apply and non-explosion (Theorem 4.3) must be proved before transition probabilities are known to sum to one.

Formalization scope

The process is the countable-state chain of §4, not the Feller process on all subsets of ZdZ_dZd​ of §2: sites are Fin d → ℤ, configurations are Finsets, and PtP_tPt​ is the minimal transition function of the rates (4.4)–(4.5), defined as the increasing limit of Feller's backward recursion. There is no measure-theoretic process object; PξP_\xiPξ​ and Eξ\mathscr E_\xiEξ​ enter only through PtP_tPt​. Consequently Theorem 4.1 (Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is stochastically closed) is built in, and every statement is made for finite initial sets, including those the page makes for arbitrary ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ ((5.2)–(5.4), Lemma 5.8); for infinite ξ\xiξ the page itself notes pt(ξ)=1p_t(\xi)=1pt​(ξ)=1.

The committed conventions:

  • PtP_tPt​, ptp_tpt​, p∞p_\inftyp∞​ and mtm_tmt​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; pt(ξ)=1−Pt(ξ,∅)p_t(\xi)=1-P_t(\xi,\varnothing)pt​(ξ)=1−Pt​(ξ,∅) and p∞(ξ)=inf⁡t≥0pt(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)=\inf_{t\ge0}p_t(\xi)p∞​(ξ)=inft≥0​pt​(ξ), so p∞=0p_\infty=0p∞​=0 means absorption at ∅\varnothing∅ and cannot be produced by loss of mass to explosion.
  • The rates are real; every theorem assumes d≥1d\ge1d≥1, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0 and λk≥0\lambda_k\ge0λk​≥0 for k≤2dk\le2dk≤2d. Conditions on {λk}\{\lambda_k\}{λk​} range over k=1,…,2dk=1,\dots,2dk=1,…,2d (or 0,…,2d0,\dots,2d0,…,2d), never over all natural numbers.
  • 2d−12d-12d−1 is the real number 2d−12d-12d−1.
  • In the linear case the scalar rate is written lll (λ\lambdaλ is reserved in Lean), μ=1\mu=1μ=1 and λk=kl\lambda_k=klλk​=kl.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the survival probability is not taken from an arbitrary semigroup or a uniformization (the rates are unbounded); p∞p_\inftyp∞​ is not a real infimum or limUnder, whose junk value 000 would make the goal free; λ\lambdaλ is indexed by the number of infected, not vacant, neighbours, and λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0 forbids spontaneous infection; and (7.2) is stated for every site and every neighbour, not for one fixed pair.

A complete development needs: non-explosion for chains with linearly growing rates; the Chapman–Kolmogorov and strong Markov properties of the minimal chain at jump times; lattice symmetries (translations and coordinate reflections) acting on the chain; and couplings of several contact processes realised as one chain on a product type space. The chain infrastructure and the coupling lemmas are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by its companion. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, including proofs of the milestones under the paper's hypotheses by methods other than Harris's.

Selected references

  • T. E. Harris, Contact interactions on a lattice, The Annals of Probability 2(6), 969–988, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996493
  • R. Holley and T. M. Liggett, Ergodic theorems for weakly interacting infinite systems and the voter model, The Annals of Probability 3(4), 643–663, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996306
  • T. M. Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, Grundlehren 276, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8542-4
  • W. Feller, On the integro-differential equations of purely discontinuous Markoff processes, Transactions of the AMS 48, 488–515, 1940. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1940-0002697-3
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1997, §2.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks IX: Partial Balance — Equivalent Characterizations via Truncation, Rate Changes and Time ReversalTextbook

Why partial balance

Equilibrium distributions of Markov models of networks are rarely computed by solving the full equilibrium equations directly. In the classical product-form results (migration processes, Jackson and Kelly networks, loss networks, clustering processes) the equilibrium distribution satisfies a stronger, local family of equations, and that is what makes it computable. The strongest such family is detailed balance, which characterizes reversibility. Many models that are not reversible still satisfy an intermediate family, partial balance: the probability flux balances not pair by pair but across a chosen set of transitions. F. P. Kelly's Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) uses partial balance throughout: quasi-reversibility in Chapter 3 is a form of it, and the models that display it tend to be insensitive, meaning their equilibrium distribution does not change when exponential holding times are replaced by general ones with the same mean.

Section 9.4 of the book collects what partial balance means in a single statement. Theorem 9.5 summarizes Exercises 1.6.2–1.6.4 and 1.7.7–1.7.8 and gives five operational characterizations of partial balance. Corollaries 9.6–9.8 translate them into the language of spatial processes, and Theorem 9.9 turns partial balance of a coarse description into a product-form equilibrium for a finer one. This last step is the mechanism behind insensitivity.

Setting

A Markov process on a state space S\mathcal SS has transition rates q(j,k)≥0q(j,k)\ge0q(j,k)≥0 for j≠kj\ne kj=k, with q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0. It is irreducible: every state can be reached from every other through transitions of positive rate. An equilibrium distribution is a collection of positive numbers π(j)\pi(j)π(j) summing to one that satisfies the equilibrium equations

π(j)∑k∈Sq(j,k)=∑k∈Sπ(k)q(k,j),j∈S.\pi(j)\sum_{k\in\mathcal S}q(j,k)=\sum_{k\in\mathcal S}\pi(k)q(k,j),\qquad j\in\mathcal S.π(j)k∈S∑​q(j,k)=k∈S∑​π(k)q(k,j),j∈S.

For an irreducible process on a finite state space it exists and is unique.

Given a set A⊆S\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal SA⊆S, π\piπ satisfies partial balance with respect to A\mathcal AA if

π(j)∑k∈Aq(j,k)=∑k∈Aπ(k)q(k,j),j∈A.\pi(j)\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}q(j,k)=\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}\pi(k)q(k,j),\qquad j\in\mathcal A.π(j)k∈A∑​q(j,k)=k∈A∑​π(k)q(k,j),j∈A.

Truncating the process to A\mathcal AA deletes every transition out of A\mathcal AA, and the result is required to be irreducible within A\mathcal AA. The time-reversed process of a process with equilibrium distribution π\piπ has rates π(k)q(k,j)/π(j)\pi(k)q(k,j)/\pi(j)π(k)q(k,j)/π(j).

A spatial process has JJJ sites, the vertices of a graph GGG. Site jjj carries an attribute njn_jnj​ from a finite set Nj\mathcal N_jNj​, and the state space is S=N1×⋯×NJ\mathcal S=\mathcal N_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal N_JS=N1​×⋯×NJ​. Write TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n for the state n\mathbf nn with the attribute of site jjj changed to mmm. The process must satisfy three conditions: only one site changes at a time; the rate q(n,Tjmn)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)q(n,Tjm​n) depends on the other sites only through the neighbours of jjj; and any TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n can be reached from n\mathbf nn without changing the other sites. The conditional distribution of site jjj given the rest is P(nj∣nG−j)=π(n)/∑mπ(Tjmn)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j})=\pi(\mathbf n)/\sum_m\pi(T_j^m\mathbf n)P(nj​∣nG−j​)=π(n)/∑m​π(Tjm​n). A Markov field is a positive distribution whose conditional distributions depend only on the neighbours of jjj.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.5

For an irreducible process on a finite S\mathcal SS with equilibrium distribution π\piπ, a nonempty A\mathcal AA within which the truncated process is irreducible, and a constant c>0c>0c>0, c≠1c\ne1c=1, the following are equivalent:

  1. partial balance with respect to A\mathcal AA;
  2. the equilibrium distribution of the truncated process is π(j)/∑k∈Aπ(k)\pi(j)/\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}\pi(k)π(j)/∑k∈A​π(k);
  3. multiplying the rates q(j,k)q(j,k)q(j,k), j,k∈Aj,k\in\mathcal Aj,k∈A, by ccc leaves the equilibrium distribution unchanged;
  4. multiplying the rates q(j,k)q(j,k)q(j,k), j∈Aj\in\mathcal Aj∈A, k∉Ak\notin\mathcal Ak∈/A, by ccc changes the equilibrium distribution to
Bπ(j) (j∈A),Bcπ(j) (j∉A),B−1=∑j∈Aπ(j)+c∑j∉Aπ(j);B\pi(j)\ (j\in\mathcal A),\qquad Bc\pi(j)\ (j\notin\mathcal A),\qquad B^{-1}=\sum_{j\in\mathcal A}\pi(j)+c\sum_{j\notin\mathcal A}\pi(j);Bπ(j) (j∈A),Bcπ(j) (j∈/A),B−1=j∈A∑​π(j)+cj∈/A∑​π(j);
  1. time reversal and truncation to A\mathcal AA commute.

When S−A\mathcal S-\mathcal AS−A is nonempty, these are also equivalent to:

  1. the chain observed just before each exit from A\mathcal AA and the chain observed just after each entry into A\mathcal AA have the same equilibrium distribution.

Milestones

  • Corollary 9.6: the equivalences for the sets on which all sites but jjj are frozen, i.e. partial balance (9.26) at a site.
  • Corollary 9.7: on a state space with at least two states, partial balance at every site makes π\piπ a Markov field, with 0<π(n)<10<\pi(\mathbf n)<10<π(n)<1 as in the book's definition.
  • Corollary 9.8: the equivalences for the set on which site jjj is frozen at one attribute (9.27).
  • Theorem 9.9: if a reduced description n=f(x)\mathbf n=f(\mathbf x)n=f(x) has a distribution π(n)\pi(\mathbf n)π(n) in partial balance for the rates (9.31), then the finer process has equilibrium distribution π(x)=π(n)∏jPj(xj∣nj)\pi(\mathbf x)=\pi(\mathbf n)\prod_jP_j(x_j\mid n_j)π(x)=π(n)∏j​Pj​(xj​∣nj​).

What the results give

Theorem 9.5 makes partial balance testable by operations on the process itself: truncation, speeding up or slowing down transitions, and time reversal. The book points to close relationships between statement (iv) and the product form of Section 2.3, and between statement (ii) and part (iii) of Theorem 3.12. Corollary 9.6 (iv) explains why the reversed migration process has such a simple form. Corollary 9.7 strengthens Theorem 9.3 by replacing reversibility with partial balance at each site. Theorem 9.9 is the step from partial balance to insensitivity: it is what the book uses to show that a spatial process keeps its equilibrium distribution when the lifetimes of attributes are mixtures of gamma distributions.

All of these results were proved in 1979. None has a machine-checked proof. The platform has the reversible special case of statement (ii) (KellyStochasticNetworks.truncated_reversible) and the rate-level objects for time reversal and truncation, which this mission reuses. Formalizing Theorem 9.5 also produces a reusable account of embedded exit and entry chains of a finite Markov process.

Difficulty

Most of the equivalences (i)–(v) are short manipulations of the equilibrium equations, but each direction from a property of an altered process back to partial balance needs uniqueness of equilibrium distributions for irreducible finite processes, and (v) ⇒ (i) also needs their existence. Mathlib has neither in the form needed here. Statement (vi) is a different kind of claim. The equilibrium distribution of the exit chain is proportional to the exit flux π(j)∑k∉Aq(j,k)\pi(j)\sum_{k\notin\mathcal A}q(j,k)π(j)∑k∈/A​q(j,k), and that of the entry chain to the entry flux. Proving this requires the hitting distributions and the Green's function of the jump chain killed on leaving a set, and the convergence of the series that define them. Corollary 9.8 (v) inherits that work. Theorem 9.9 requires uniqueness for the reduced frozen processes and careful bookkeeping of the fibres {xj:fj(xj)=nj}\{x_j:f_j(x_j)=n_j\}{xj​:fj​(xj​)=nj​}.

Formalization scope

State spaces are finite types, and every sum is an unconditional sum over a finite type. Because the state space is finite, the book's extra condition for (vi), a finite flux out of A\mathcal AA, holds automatically. Rates are real functions with q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0 built into the hypotheses; the reduced rates of (9.31) also have zero self-rates. "The equilibrium distribution of a process is XXX" means: XXX is positive, sums to one, satisfies the equilibrium equations, and every distribution with these properties equals XXX. The book's "c≠0c\ne0c=0 or 111" is read as c>0c>0c>0, c≠1c\ne1c=1, so that altered rates remain rates. Truncation to A\mathcal AA is the published truncatedRates, a process on the subtype A\mathcal AA, and the reversed rates are the published reversedRates. The exit and entry chains are defined from the jump chain through series of restricted matrix powers. Spatial processes live on ∏jNj\prod_j\mathcal N_j∏j​Nj​ with TjmT_j^mTjm​ given by Function.update. In Theorem 9.9 the graph is complete, as the book assumes from p. 202 on.

The equilibrium distribution of the truncated process must be the unique positive normalized solution of the truncated equilibrium equations. It must not be defined as the conditional distribution, which would make (ii) a tautology. For the same reason (iii) and (iv) are stated through the equilibrium equations of the altered rates, not by assumption.

Theorem 9.10 (p. 207) is not a target. Its hypothesis, that a nominal lifetime "can have any distribution with unit mean", is not defined on the page, and the point-process and lifetime description it needs lies outside this rate-level development.

Contributions are welcome at every level: uniqueness and existence of equilibrium distributions for irreducible finite rate matrices (reusable across the series), convergence of the killed Green's function, and proofs of the corollaries from the goal.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979; reissued Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139171724 (§9.4, pp. 200–208; §1.6, pp. 25–27)
  • F. P. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchProbability+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VIII: Markov Fields — A Positive Random Field Is Markov iff It Factorizes over the Simplices of the GraphTextbook

Motivation

Many systems consist of a finite number of sites whose states influence one another only locally: fruit trees in an orchard that are diseased or healthy, power sources that are working or broken, individuals holding one of several views. Chapter 9 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) asks which joint distributions such systems have in equilibrium. Earlier chapters of the book produce product-form distributions in which the components are independent; spatial models instead give a limited dependence, and §9.1 makes that notion precise through Markov fields.

The central characterization, that a positive random field is Markov with respect to a graph exactly when it factorizes over the cliques of that graph, is the theorem of Hammersley and Clifford (1971, unpublished manuscript), with published proofs by Besag (1974), Grimmett (1973) and Preston (1973). It underlies Gibbs random fields in statistical mechanics, spatial statistics, image analysis and graphical models. Kelly's §§9.2–9.3 then use it to identify the equilibrium distributions of interacting-particle Markov processes ("spatial processes"), connecting it to reversibility and partial balance.

Setting

There are JJJ sites, the vertices of a finite graph GGG; ∂j\partial j∂j is the set of neighbours of site jjj and G−jG-jG−j the set of sites other than jjj. Site jjj carries an attribute njn_jnj​ from a finite set Nj\mathcal N_jNj​, and a state is n=(n1,…,nJ)\mathbf n=(n_1,\dots,n_J)n=(n1​,…,nJ​) in S=N1×⋯×NJ\mathcal S=\mathcal N_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal N_JS=N1​×⋯×NJ​. For a set of sites HHH, nH\mathbf n_HnH​ is the vector of attributes of the sites in HHH. The operator TjmT_j^mTjm​ changes the attribute of site jjj to mmm.

A random field is a function π\piπ on S\mathcal SS with π(n)>0\pi(\mathbf n)>0π(n)>0 for every state and ∑nπ(n)=1\sum_{\mathbf n}\pi(\mathbf n)=1∑n​π(n)=1. The conditional probability that site jjj has attribute njn_jnj​ given all other sites is

P(nj∣nG−j)=π(n)∑m∈Njπ(Tjmn).(9.1)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = \frac{\pi(\mathbf n)}{\sum_{m\in\mathcal N_j}\pi(T_j^m\mathbf n)}. \qquad (9.1)P(nj​∣nG−j​)=∑m∈Nj​​π(Tjm​n)π(n)​.(9.1)

π\piπ is a Markov field if P(nj∣nG−j)=P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣nG−j​)=P(nj​∣n∂j​) for every jjj and n\mathbf nn (9.2): the attribute of a site depends on the rest of the system only through its neighbours. A simplex is a single site or a set of sites any two of which are neighbours; C\mathcal CC is the set of simplices of GGG.

A spatial process is a Markov process n(t)\mathbf n(t)n(t) on S\mathcal SS with rates qqq such that (i) only one component changes at a time, (ii) q(n,Tjmn)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)q(n,Tjm​n) depends on n\mathbf nn only through njn_jnj​ and n∂j\mathbf n_{\partial j}n∂j​, and (iii) TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n can be reached from n\mathbf nn by transitions that do not alter nG−j\mathbf n_{G-j}nG−j​. The general spatial process of §9.3 has rates

q(n,Tjmn)=λj(nj,m) Φ(n)ΦG−j(nG−j)(9.15)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)=\lambda_j(n_j,m)\,\frac{\Phi(\mathbf n)}{\Phi_{G-j}(\mathbf n_{G-j})} \qquad (9.15)q(n,Tjm​n)=λj​(nj​,m)ΦG−j​(nG−j​)Φ(n)​(9.15)

for positive functions Φ\PhiΦ, ΦG−j\Phi_{G-j}ΦG−j​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.2 (p. 186)

A random field π\piπ is a Markov field if and only if

π(n)=B∏C∈CϕC(nC),n∈S,(9.5)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\prod_{C\in\mathcal C}\phi_C(\mathbf n_C), \qquad \mathbf n\in\mathcal S, \qquad (9.5)π(n)=BC∈C∏​ϕC​(nC​),n∈S,(9.5)

for some constant BBB and functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 9.1 (p. 185): the conditional probabilities P(nj∣nG−j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j})P(nj​∣nG−j​), j∈Gj\in Gj∈G, n∈S\mathbf n\in\mathcal Sn∈S, determine the random field uniquely.
  • Theorem 9.3 (p. 189): the equilibrium distribution of a reversible spatial process is a Markov field.
  • Theorem 9.4 (p. 193): for the rates (9.15), with αj>0\alpha_j>0αj​>0 solving αj(n)∑mλj(n,m)=∑mαj(m)λj(m,n)\alpha_j(n)\sum_m\lambda_j(n,m)=\sum_m\alpha_j(m)\lambda_j(m,n)αj​(n)∑m​λj​(n,m)=∑m​αj​(m)λj​(m,n) (9.16), the equilibrium distribution is
π(n)=B ∏j=1Jαj(nj)Φ(n),(9.17)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\,\frac{\prod_{j=1}^J\alpha_j(n_j)}{\Phi(\mathbf n)}, \qquad (9.17)π(n)=BΦ(n)∏j=1J​αj​(nj​)​,(9.17)

and it satisfies the partial balance equations (9.18) site by site.

Significance

Theorem 9.2 turns a statement about conditional laws, which is how local interaction is usually specified, into an explicit parametrization of the joint law by clique potentials. On a lattice with binary attributes it reduces a Markov field to one parameter per site and one per pair of adjacent sites, giving the form π(n)=BαMβR\pi(\mathbf n)=B\alpha^M\beta^Rπ(n)=BαMβR (9.9). Theorem 9.3 shows that local, reversible dynamics produce Markov-field equilibria, and Theorem 9.4 gives a family of non-reversible processes, containing the closed migration process of Chapter 2, whose equilibria are still explicit; its partial balance equations are the bridge to §9.4.

All four results are classical and proved in the book. They are not, to our knowledge, machine-checked in this discrete form. The platform has an open statement of Hammersley–Clifford in a different setting, HighDimStat.GraphicalModels.thm11_8_hammersley_clifford (Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Theorem 11.8): a random vector in RV\mathbb R^VRV with a strictly positive Lebesgue density and the global (separation) Markov property. Neither statement implies the other as formalized, so this mission poses Kelly's finite, local version separately. A formal proof here also gives reusable infrastructure: conditional probabilities of a distribution on a finite product space, and factorizations over the cliques of a graph.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is routine. The "only if" direction is where the content lies: the functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​ must be produced from π\piπ alone, and a product over the cliques of GGG must reproduce π\piπ at every state, not only at the states whose nonzero attributes sit on a single clique. The natural first idea, one factor per site read off from the conditional laws, fails as soon as two sites interact. The Markov property must also be brought from its explicit form (9.2), which involves a marginal over the non-neighbours, into a usable statement about π\piπ itself. Strict positivity is essential: without it the "only if" direction is false (Exercise 9.2.2). For Theorem 9.3, condition (iii) cannot be dropped: Exercise 9.2.2 gives a reversible process satisfying (i) and (ii) whose equilibrium is not a Markov field, so any argument that uses only the local form of the rates fails.

Formalization scope

  • Sites form an arbitrary finite type V with decidable equality; attributes at site j form a finite type N j, which may differ between sites. States are dependent functions (j : V) → N j, and TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n is Function.update n j m. The graph is a Mathlib SimpleGraph V, so ∂j\partial j∂j is G.neighborSet j.
  • A random field is a real function, positive at every state, with finite sum 111. P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣n∂j​) is the conditional probability computed from π\piπ (a ratio of finite sums), so (9.2) is stated literally.
  • Simplices are the nonempty cliques of the given graph GGG, including single sites. The factorization ranges over exactly these sets; a product over all subsets of sites, or over the cliques of the complete graph, would make the goal trivially true and is ruled out.
  • Theorems 9.3 and 9.4 are read at the level of rates: "equilibrium distribution of a reversible process" is a positive distribution summing to one in detailed balance with qqq (the published KellyStochasticNetworks.DetailedBalance), and "equilibrium distribution" in 9.4 is a positive distribution summing to one satisfying the equilibrium equations (KellyStochasticNetworks.FullBalance), together with its uniqueness under irreducibility. The Markov process itself is not constructed. The state space is always finite, so all sums are finite.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any item, general lemmas on conditional laws over finite product spaces, and a formal account of the general Hammersley–Clifford theorem that both this mission and the Wainwright statement could use.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 9. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • J. Besag, Spatial interaction and the statistical analysis of lattice systems, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 36 (1974), 192–236. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1974.tb00999.x
  • G. R. Grimmett, A theorem about random fields, Bull. London Math. Soc. 5 (1973), 81–84. https://doi.org/10.1112/blms/5.1.81
  • C. J. Preston, Generalized Gibbs states and Markov random fields, Adv. Appl. Probab. 5 (1973), 242–261. https://doi.org/10.2307/1426035
  • M. J. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Cambridge University Press, 2019, Theorem 11.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108627771
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks V: Optimal Capacity Allocation in a Network of QueuesTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 4 of F. P. Kelly's Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) applies the product-form theory of Chapter 3 to concrete systems. Two of its results have numbered statements, and they answer two practical questions.

The first comes from the design of store-and-forward communication networks (telegraph and packet-switched data networks). Messages queue at channels; the designer chooses each channel's capacity subject to a budget, and wants to minimize the delay messages suffer. Because the equilibrium law at every channel is geometric under several different modelling assumptions (§4.1, pp. 95–96), the mean delay has a closed form, and the budget allocation problem becomes a small convex program with an explicit solution. This square-root capacity assignment goes back to L. Kleinrock's work on communication nets (Communication Nets, McGraw-Hill, 1964) and remains the textbook example of optimal design for a network of queues.

The second comes from compartmental models in biology, birth–illness–death processes and manpower planning (§4.5, pp. 113–115). Individuals enter a system as a Poisson stream and move through it independently. Equilibrium results follow from Chapter 3; Theorem 4.2 describes the transient behaviour exactly, starting from an empty system.

Setting

Capacity allocation (§4.1). A network has J≥1J \ge 1J≥1 channels. Channel jjj receives traffic at average rate aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0 and is given capacity ϕj\phi_jϕj​. In equilibrium the number njn_jnj​ of messages at channel jjj has the geometric law (4.1),

P(nj=n)=(1−ajϕj)(ajϕj)n,n=0,1,2,…,P(n_j = n) = \Big(1 - \frac{a_j}{\phi_j}\Big)\Big(\frac{a_j}{\phi_j}\Big)^n, \qquad n = 0, 1, 2, \dots,P(nj​=n)=(1−ϕj​aj​​)(ϕj​aj​​)n,n=0,1,2,…,

which requires ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​. Its mean is aj/(ϕj−aj)a_j/(\phi_j - a_j)aj​/(ϕj​−aj​). Capacity on channel jjj costs fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0 per unit and the total budget is FFF, giving the cost constraint (4.2)

∑jfjϕj=F.\sum_j f_j\phi_j = F.j∑​fj​ϕj​=F.

The mean number of customers in the network is

N(ϕ)=∑jajϕj−aj,N(\phi) = \sum_j \frac{a_j}{\phi_j - a_j},N(ϕ)=j∑​ϕj​−aj​aj​​,

and the feasible set is the set of ϕ∈RJ\phi \in \mathbb{R}^Jϕ∈RJ with ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​ for every jjj that satisfy (4.2). In Lean these are meanNumberInNetwork a φ and FeasibleCapacities a f F. The proof works with the Lagrangian lagrangian a f F y φ =N(ϕ)+y(∑jfjϕj−F)= N(\phi) + y(\sum_j f_j\phi_j - F)=N(ϕ)+y(∑j​fj​ϕj​−F).

Compartmental model (§4.5). Individuals arrive in a Poisson stream of rate ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 at a system of JJJ compartments that is empty at time 000. Let pj(s)p_j(s)pj​(s) be the probability that an individual is in compartment jjj a time sss after its arrival; pj(s)≥0p_j(s) \ge 0pj​(s)≥0 and ∑jpj(s)≤1\sum_j p_j(s) \le 1∑j​pj​(s)≤1, since individuals may leave. Let nj(t)n_j(t)nj​(t) be the number of individuals in compartment jjj at time t>0t > 0t>0, and

αj(t)=∫0tpj(u) du.\alpha_j(t) = \int_0^t p_j(u)\,du.αj​(t)=∫0t​pj​(u)du.

In Lean the model is the predicate IsCompartmentModel P ν t p M T Loc, the counts are compartmentCount M Loc j, and αj(t)\alpha_j(t)αj​(t) is alpha p j t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 97)

If J≥1J \ge 1J≥1, aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0, fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0 and F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​, then

ϕj∗=aj+ajfj∑kakfk⋅F−∑kakfkfj\phi^*_j = a_j + \frac{\sqrt{a_j f_j}}{\sum_k \sqrt{a_k f_k}}\cdot\frac{F - \sum_k a_k f_k}{f_j}ϕj∗​=aj​+∑k​ak​fk​​aj​fj​​​⋅fj​F−∑k​ak​fk​​

is feasible and minimizes NNN over the feasible set, and every other feasible ϕ\phiϕ has N(ϕ)>N(ϕ∗)N(\phi) > N(\phi^*)N(ϕ)>N(ϕ∗).

Milestones toward the goal

  1. The mean of the geometric law (4.1) is aj/(ϕj−aj)a_j/(\phi_j - a_j)aj​/(ϕj​−aj​) (p. 97).
  2. For y>0y > 0y>0 the Lagrangian is minimized over {ϕj>aj}\{\phi_j > a_j\}{ϕj​>aj​} by ϕj=aj+aj/(yfj)\phi_j = a_j + \sqrt{a_j/(y f_j)}ϕj​=aj​+aj​/(yfj​)​ (proof of Theorem 4.1).
  3. The choice 1/y=(F−∑kakfk)/∑kakfk1/\sqrt y = (F - \sum_k a_k f_k)/\sum_k\sqrt{a_k f_k}1/y​=(F−∑k​ak​fk​)/∑k​ak​fk​​ makes that minimizer equal to ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ and feasible for (4.2).

Second result: Theorem 4.2 (pp. 114–115)

The proof's generating-function identity, for zj∈[0,1]z_j \in [0,1]zj​∈[0,1],

E(z1n1(t)⋯zJnJ(t))=∏j=1Jexp⁡[−(1−zj)ναj(t)],E\big(z_1^{n_1(t)}\cdots z_J^{n_J(t)}\big) = \prod_{j=1}^J \exp\big[-(1 - z_j)\nu\alpha_j(t)\big],E(z1n1​(t)​⋯zJnJ​(t)​)=j=1∏J​exp[−(1−zj​)ναj​(t)],

and the theorem itself: n1(t),…,nJ(t)n_1(t), \dots, n_J(t)n1​(t),…,nJ​(t) are independent and nj(t)n_j(t)nj​(t) is Poisson with mean ναj(t)\nu\alpha_j(t)ναj​(t).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is a closed-form design rule. Every channel first receives the capacity aja_jaj​ needed to carry its traffic; the remaining budget is shared in proportion to ajfj\sqrt{a_j f_j}aj​fj​​, not to the traffic aja_jaj​. Sizing capacity in proportion to the load, which is the obvious rule, is therefore not optimal. The same calculation applies to any network whose stations have the geometric law (4.1), for example a manufacturing job shop (p. 97). The mean number in the network and the mean time a customer spends in it are minimized together.

Theorem 4.2 is the exact transient law of a network of infinite-server queues started empty. It holds however complicated the motion of an individual is, provided individuals move independently, and letting t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ it recovers the equilibrium Poisson law of §4.5.

Both results are classical and proved in the book. Neither is formalized on Prove2Me. The platform has the geometric equilibrium law of the M/M/1 queue (KellyStochasticNetworks.mm1_equilibrium) but not its mean, and no result on Poisson thinning or marking by independent random locations. The formal work for Theorem 4.1 is a strict-convexity and Lagrangian-sufficiency argument in RJ\mathbb{R}^JRJ. For Theorem 4.2 it is a Poisson marking theorem in measure-theoretic probability. Both pieces are reusable.

Difficulty

For Theorem 4.1, the book's proof sets the partial derivatives of the Lagrangian to zero. A stationary point is not a global minimizer in general, so the formal proof must show that LLL is (strictly) convex on the open region ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​, and it must use Lagrangian sufficiency, not first-order conditions alone. The region is open and the objective is unbounded near its boundary. Feasibility of ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ needs F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​, which the book leaves implicit.

For Theorem 4.2, the steps of the proof that read "conditional on MMM" have to be carried out with measure-theoretic independence. One step averages a product over MMM independent uniform instants. Another sums the Poisson mixture into an exponential. The last turns a factorized generating function into mutual independence of JJJ counts with Poisson marginals. Mathlib has the Poisson distribution (ProbabilityTheory.poissonMeasure) but no marking or thinning theorem, and no uniqueness theorem for multivariate probability generating functions.

Formalization scope

Channels and compartments are indexed by Fin J; all rates, costs and capacities are real numbers.

Theorem 4.1. The statement carries the book's implicit hypotheses explicitly: J≥1J \ge 1J≥1, aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0, fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0, F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​. Stability ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​ is part of the feasible set. The conclusion is global optimality over the feasible set (IsMinOn) together with feasibility of ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗, plus strict optimality against every other feasible point. Uniqueness is a slight strengthening of the book's "the optimal allocation is", and it holds by strict convexity. A statement that ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ satisfies (4.2), or that it is a stationary point of the Lagrangian, is not the theorem: those are one-line computations or the proof method, and the goal is stated as global optimality to rule them out.

Theorem 4.2. The model is pinned down as in the proof on p. 115:

  • the number MMM of arrivals in (0,t)(0,t)(0,t) is Poisson with mean νt\nu tνt;
  • an i.i.d. sequence of (arrival instant, location at time ttt) pairs is independent of MMM, and only its first MMM entries are used;
  • each instant is uniform on (0,t)(0,t)(0,t), and an individual arriving at uuu is in compartment jjj at time ttt with probability pj(t−u)p_j(t-u)pj​(t−u), or has left.

"Individuals move independently" is formalized as this conditional independence. The pjp_jpj​ are measurable sub-probabilities, not assumed to sum to one. The conclusion is mutual independence of the JJJ counts (iIndepFun) together with the Poisson probability mass function of each. Infinite time horizons and the point-process description of the system are out of scope.

Useful contributions: a reusable Lagrangian-sufficiency lemma for separable convex objectives under one linear constraint; a Poisson marking (colouring) theorem for finitely many colours; the multivariate generating-function uniqueness lemma for NJ\mathbb{N}^JNJ-valued random vectors.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 1979, Chapter 4 (§4.1, pp. 95–97; §4.5, pp. 113–115).
  • L. Kleinrock, Communication Nets: Stochastic Message Flow and Delay, McGraw-Hill, 1964 (reprinted Dover, 1972).
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Poisson Processes, Oxford University Press, 1993 (colouring and marking theorems).
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks III: Open Networks of Queues with General Customer Routes Have Product-Form EquilibriumTextbook

Motivation

Networks of queues model systems in which jobs visit a sequence of service stations: items in a manufacturing job-shop, packets in a communication network, patients moving between hospital departments. The open migration process of Chapter 2 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979), and the job-shop networks of Jackson (Jackson 1963) route a customer leaving a queue at random, independently of where he has been. That rules out the most common situation in practice: an item that has passed machines 1 and 3 must next go to machine 4, while an item that has passed machines 2 and 3 must go to machine 5.

Section 3.1 of the book removes this restriction. Customers are divided into types, a type fixes a deterministic route through the queues, and a stochastic routing rule is recovered by using one type per possible route. Within each queue, the order of service is described by two position-dependent functions, which cover first-come first-served KKK-server queues, last-come first-served, processor sharing and service in random order. Theorem 3.1 states that, for every such network, the equilibrium distribution is a product of explicit single-queue factors. This is the result behind the "Kelly network" and "Kelly-type queue" terminology of later work (Kelly 1975; Baskett, Chandy, Muntz, Palacios 1975).

Setting

There are III customer types and JJJ queues. Customers of type iii enter the system in a Poisson stream of rate ν(i)>0\nu(i)>0ν(i)>0 and visit the queues r(i,1),r(i,2),…,r(i,S(i))r(i,1),r(i,2),\dots,r(i,S(i))r(i,1),r(i,2),…,r(i,S(i)) in that order before leaving; two successive stages of a route are at different queues.

Queue jjj holds its njn_jnj​ customers in positions 1,…,nj1,\dots,n_j1,…,nj​. Each customer needs an exponentially distributed amount of service with unit mean. The queue supplies total service effort at rate ϕj(nj)\phi_j(n_j)ϕj​(nj​), with ϕj(n)>0\phi_j(n)>0ϕj​(n)>0 for n>0n>0n>0; a proportion γj(l,nj)\gamma_j(l,n_j)γj​(l,nj​) goes to the customer in position lll. An arriving customer takes position lll with probability δj(l,nj+1)\delta_j(l,n_j+1)δj​(l,nj​+1). For each n≥1n\ge1n≥1, γj(⋅,n)\gamma_j(\cdot,n)γj​(⋅,n) and δj(⋅,n)\delta_j(\cdot,n)δj​(⋅,n) are probability vectors on {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}.

The class of the customer in position lll of queue jjj is cj(l)=(tj(l),sj(l))c_j(l)=(t_j(l),s_j(l))cj​(l)=(tj​(l),sj​(l)), his type and the stage of his route. The state of queue jjj is cj=(cj(1),…,cj(nj))\mathbf c_j=(c_j(1),\dots,c_j(n_j))cj​=(cj​(1),…,cj​(nj​)) and the state of the network is C=(c1,…,cJ)\mathbf C=(\mathbf c_1,\dots,\mathbf c_J)C=(c1​,…,cJ​). Its transition rates q(C,D)q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)q(C,D), displays (3.1)–(3.6), are the sums of the intensities of all events taking C\mathbf CC to D\mathbf DD: a departure from the system (intensity ϕj(nj)γj(l,nj)\phi_j(n_j)\gamma_j(l,n_j)ϕj​(nj​)γj​(l,nj​)), a move from position lll of queue jjj to position mmm of the next queue kkk (intensity ϕj(nj)γj(l,nj)δk(m,nk+1)\phi_j(n_j)\gamma_j(l,n_j)\delta_k(m,n_k+1)ϕj​(nj​)γj​(l,nj​)δk​(m,nk​+1)), and an arrival into position mmm of the first queue kkk of a route (intensity ν(i)δk(m,nk+1)\nu(i)\delta_k(m,n_k+1)ν(i)δk​(m,nk​+1)).

With αj(i,s)=ν(i)\alpha_j(i,s)=\nu(i)αj​(i,s)=ν(i) if r(i,s)=jr(i,s)=jr(i,s)=j and 000 otherwise, set

aj=∑i,sαj(i,s),bj−1=∑n=0∞ajn∏l=1nϕj(l),πj(cj)=bj∏l=1njαj(tj(l),sj(l))ϕj(l).a_j=\sum_{i,s}\alpha_j(i,s),\qquad b_j^{-1}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{a_j^n}{\prod_{l=1}^{n}\phi_j(l)},\qquad \pi_j(\mathbf c_j)=b_j\prod_{l=1}^{n_j}\frac{\alpha_j(t_j(l),s_j(l))}{\phi_j(l)}.aj​=i,s∑​αj​(i,s),bj−1​=n=0∑∞​∏l=1n​ϕj​(l)ajn​​,πj​(cj​)=bj​l=1∏nj​​ϕj​(l)αj​(tj​(l),sj​(l))​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 61)

If every series defining bj−1b_j^{-1}bj−1​ converges, then

π(C)=∏j=1Jπj(cj)\pi(\mathbf C)=\prod_{j=1}^{J}\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)π(C)=j=1∏J​πj​(cj​)

is positive, sums to 111 over all network states, and satisfies the equilibrium equations

π(C)∑Dq(C,D)=∑Dπ(D) q(D,C)for every C.\pi(\mathbf C)\sum_{\mathbf D}q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)=\sum_{\mathbf D}\pi(\mathbf D)\,q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)\quad\text{for every }\mathbf C.π(C)D∑​q(C,D)=D∑​π(D)q(D,C)for every C.

Milestones

  • Theorem 3.2 (p. 62). The time-reversed rates π(D)q(D,C)/π(C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)/\pi(\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C)/π(C) are the rates of the reversed network: routes traversed backwards, γj\gamma_jγj​ and δj\delta_jδj​ interchanged.
  • Corollary 3.4 (p. 63). Queue jjj is independent of the rest of the network, is in state cj\mathbf c_jcj​ with probability πj(cj)\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)πj​(cj​), holds nnn customers with probability bjajn/∏l=1nϕj(l)b_ja_j^n/\prod_{l=1}^n\phi_j(l)bj​ajn​/∏l=1n​ϕj​(l) (3.7), and a customer in position lll is of class (i,s)(i,s)(i,s) with probability αj(i,s)/aj\alpha_j(i,s)/a_jαj​(i,s)/aj​.
  • Corollary 3.5 (p. 63). A type-iii customer reaching queue jjj at stage sss finds it in state cj\mathbf c_jcj​ with probability πj(cj)\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)πj​(cj​).
  • Lemma 3.13 (p. 89). For a multiclass queue with Poisson arrivals of rate ν(c)\nu(c)ν(c) and departure intensities ν(c)ϕc(n)\nu(c)\phi_c(\mathbf n)ν(c)ϕc​(n): reversible ⇔\Leftrightarrow⇔ quasi-reversible ⇔\Leftrightarrow⇔ Φ(n)=ϕc(n)Φ(n−ec)\Phi(\mathbf n)=\phi_c(\mathbf n)\Phi(\mathbf n-\mathbf e_c)Φ(n)=ϕc​(n)Φ(n−ec​) for some positive Φ\PhiΦ (3.26).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives the full joint law of a network in which routes carry memory, and its corollaries turn it into usable performance formulas: each queue behaves, in its marginal law and as seen by arriving customers, like an isolated queue fed by a Poisson stream of rate aja_jaj​, even though the actual arrival stream at queue jjj is not Poisson. Mean sojourn times along a route then follow from Little's result. Theorem 3.2 identifies the reversed process as a network of the same kind; it is the source of the departure-stream results (Corollary 3.3) and of the arrival theorem (Corollary 3.5). Lemma 3.13 isolates the condition (3.26) under which state-dependent arrival rates preserve the product form (Theorem 3.14).

The results are classical and proved in the book. None of them has a machine-checked proof: the Prove2Me catalogue holds the rate-level theorems for migration processes (Chapter 2 of Kelly–Yudovina), and open targets for the BCMP and Jackson models, which have different state descriptions. This mission adds a formal model of the position-structured multiclass network itself, with the summation over coinciding transitions that (3.2), (3.4) and (3.6) require, and product-form, reversal and arrival-theorem statements over it.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt, detailed balance, fails: π(C)q(C,D)\pi(\mathbf C)q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)π(C)q(C,D) and π(D)q(D,C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C) differ in general, because a customer's route cannot be run backwards inside the same network (q(D,C)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)q(D,C) is usually 000 when q(C,D)>0q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)>0q(C,D)>0). The equilibrium equations therefore involve, for each state, all its predecessors at once. The rates are themselves sums over coinciding transitions, so a statement about individual events does not transfer to the rates without accounting for which positions lead to the same successor state. In Lean this brings in insertion into and deletion from position lists, the relabelling of stages, and the normalization of a product over a countable space of JJJ-tuples of lists, reorganized by queue length together with the identity ∑classes at jαj=aj\sum_{\text{classes at } j}\alpha_j=a_j∑classes at j​αj​=aj​.

Formalization scope

  • Finite types and queues. Types are Fin I, queues Fin J; the book allows countably many types with ∑iν(i)<∞\sum_i\nu(i)<\infty∑i​ν(i)<∞. A network state is a function assigning to each queue a list of classes (i,s)(i,s)(i,s) with r(i,s)=jr(i,s)=jr(i,s)=j; the state space is countable and all sums over it are tsum/HasSum.
  • Indexing. Stages and list positions are 000-based in Lean; γj(l,n)\gamma_j(l,n)γj​(l,n) and δj(l,n)\delta_j(l,n)δj​(l,n) keep the book's 111-based position argument.
  • Rate level. Equilibrium means: positive, summing to 111, and satisfying the equilibrium equations (the published KellyStochasticNetworks.FullBalance). The existence of the Markov process, irreducibility and non-explosion are not formalized. "The reversed process" (Theorem 3.2) is read through the reversed rates π(D)q(D,C)/π(C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)/\pi(\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C)/π(C); "the probability he finds" (Corollary 3.5) is read as a ratio of equilibrium arrival fluxes; quasi-reversibility is its rate characterization (3.8), (3.10).
  • Normalizing constants. bjb_jbj​ is defined through a tsum, which Lean sets to 000 for a divergent series; every theorem assumes the series converges, the book's "none of b1,…,bJb_1,\dots,b_Jb1​,…,bJ​ is zero".
  • No trivial instance. The goal holds for arbitrary III, JJJ, ν\nuν, routes, ϕj\phi_jϕj​, γj\gamma_jγj​, δj\delta_jδj​ subject only to the book's constraints; a proof for a single queue, or for fixed γ=δ\gamma=\deltaγ=δ disciplines, does not prove it. In Lemma 3.13 the function Φ\PhiΦ is required to be positive, since Φ≡0\Phi\equiv0Φ≡0 satisfies (3.26) for every queue.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs: list insertion/deletion lemmas for position bookkeeping, sums of products over ∏jList(⋅)\prod_j \mathrm{List}(\cdot)∏j​List(⋅), and a bijection-of-events argument for summed rates. The quasi-reversibility predicate and the reversed-rate apparatus are reusable for the closed networks of §3.4 and the symmetric queues of §3.3. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in any order.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 1979. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues with customers of different types, Journal of Applied Probability 12 (1975), 542–554. https://doi.org/10.2307/3212785
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, closed, and mixed networks of queues with different classes of customers, Journal of the ACM 22 (1975), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-like queueing systems, Management Science 10 (1963), 131–142. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • F. P. Kelly, E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks IV: Symmetric Queues with Gamma-Mixture Service RequirementsTextbook

Why symmetric queues

The classical product-form results for queueing networks (Jackson, Kelly, Baskett–Chandy–Muntz–Palacios) assume exponentially distributed service requirements, because then the state of a queue need not record how much service each customer has received. Real service times are rarely exponential: telephone call lengths, job sizes in time-shared computers and web transfers are far from it. Symmetric queues, introduced in §3.3 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979), form the class of single queues for which the stationary distribution of the number of customers, and of their classes, depends on the service requirement distribution only through its mean. This property, insensitivity, is what makes Erlang's loss formula valid for arbitrarily distributed call lengths (Kelly, p. 79), and it is the reason processor-sharing, last-come-first-served preemptive and infinite-server stations may appear with general service in product-form networks.

Timeline. Sevastyanov (1957) proved that Erlang's loss formula holds for arbitrarily distributed call lengths. Kelly (1975, 1976) introduced queues with customers of different types whose effort and arrival-position functions coincide, and showed product form for networks of them with non-exponential service built from exponential stages; Barbour (1976) extended the method of stages; Baskett, Chandy, Muntz and Palacios (1975) gave product form for networks containing processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations with phase-type service. Kelly's 1979 book presents the symmetric queue in the form formalized here.

Setting

A symmetric queue holds customers in positions 1,2,…,n1, 2, \dots, n1,2,…,n, where nnn is the number present. It operates as follows (Kelly, p. 72):

  1. the service requirement of a customer is a random variable whose distribution may depend on the class of the customer;
  2. a total service effort is supplied at rate ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n), with ϕ(n)>0\phi(n) > 0ϕ(n)>0 for n>0n > 0n>0;
  3. a proportion γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n) of this effort, ∑l=1nγ(l,n)=1\sum_{l=1}^n \gamma(l, n) = 1∑l=1n​γ(l,n)=1, goes to the customer in position lll; when he leaves, the customers in positions l+1,…,nl+1, \dots, nl+1,…,n move down by one;
  4. an arriving customer moves into position l∈{1,…,n+1}l \in \{1, \dots, n+1\}l∈{1,…,n+1} with probability γ(l,n+1)\gamma(l, n+1)γ(l,n+1) — the same function — and the customers in positions l,…,nl, \dots, nl,…,n move up by one.

Server-sharing (γ(l,n)=1/n\gamma(l, n) = 1/nγ(l,n)=1/n), the stack (γ(n,n)=1\gamma(n, n) = 1γ(n,n)=1, last come first served preemptive), the queue with no waiting room and the infinite-server queue are examples (pp. 73–74).

Customers of class ccc arrive in a Poisson stream of rate ν(c)\nu(c)ν(c). On arrival a class-ccc customer receives a refined class (c,z)(c, z)(c,z) with probability p(c,z)p(c, z)p(c,z), ∑zp(c,z)=1\sum_z p(c, z) = 1∑z​p(c,z)=1, and then needs w(c,z)≥1w(c, z) \ge 1w(c,z)≥1 independent stages of service, each exponentially distributed with mean d(c,z)>0d(c, z) > 0d(c,z)>0. The class-ccc service requirement is therefore a mixture of gamma distributions with mean

a(c)=∑zp(c,z) w(c,z) d(c,z),a(c) = \sum_z p(c, z)\, w(c, z)\, d(c, z),a(c)=z∑​p(c,z)w(c,z)d(c,z),

and the work arriving per unit time is a=∑cν(c)a(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c) a(c)a=∑c​ν(c)a(c). The record of the customer in position lll is c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l))\mathbf c(l) = (c(l), z(l), u(l))c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l)), u(l)u(l)u(l) the stage in progress, and c=(c(1),…,c(n))\mathbf c = (\mathbf c(1), \dots, \mathbf c(n))c=(c(1),…,c(n)) is a Markov process. Its transitions are: an arrival of class (c,z)(c,z)(c,z) into position lll at stage 111, at rate ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1)\nu(c)p(c,z)\gamma(l, n+1)ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1); and, at rate ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))\phi(n)\gamma(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l)), completion of the current stage of the customer in position lll, which moves him to the next stage or, after stage w(c(l),z(l))w(c(l), z(l))w(c(l),z(l)), out of the queue. The normalizing constant is

b−1=∑n=0∞an∏l=1nϕ(l).(3.15)b^{-1} = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}. \tag{3.15}b−1=n=0∑∞​∏l=1n​ϕ(l)an​.(3.15)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

When (3.15) converges, the distribution

π(c)=b∏l=1nν(c(l)) p(c(l),z(l)) d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(l)(3.18)\pi(\mathbf c) = b \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c(l))\, p(c(l), z(l))\, d(c(l), z(l))}{\phi(l)} \tag{3.18}π(c)=bl=1∏n​ϕ(l)ν(c(l))p(c(l),z(l))d(c(l),z(l))​(3.18)

is the equilibrium distribution of c\mathbf cc, and under it

P(n customers)=b an∏l=1nϕ(l),P(classes c1,…,cn∣n)=∏l=1nν(cl) a(cl)a,\mathbb P(n \text{ customers}) = \frac{b\,a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}, \qquad \mathbb P(\text{classes } c_1, \dots, c_n \mid n) = \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c_l)\, a(c_l)}{a},P(n customers)=∏l=1n​ϕ(l)ban​,P(classes c1​,…,cn​∣n)=l=1∏n​aν(cl​)a(cl​)​,

and the queue is quasi-reversible with respect to the classification ccc and to (c,z)(c, z)(c,z): from every state, the rate of arrivals of each class does not depend on the state, both for the process and its time reversal (relations (3.8) and (3.10) of p. 67).

Milestones

  • Eqs. (3.14)–(3.15): the case of one refinement per class, π(c)=b∏lν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l)\pi(\mathbf c) = b\prod_l \nu(c(l))d(c(l))/\phi(l)π(c)=b∏l​ν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l) with a=∑cν(c)d(c)w(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c)d(c)w(c)a=∑c​ν(c)d(c)w(c).
  • Eqs. (3.16)–(3.17): in that case, the law of nnn, and given nnn independent positions of class ccc with probability ν(c)d(c)w(c)/a\nu(c)d(c)w(c)/aν(c)d(c)w(c)/a and uniform stage.
  • Eq. (3.18): the equilibrium distribution under gamma-mixture service.
  • Lemma 3.9: mixtures of gamma distributions approximate, at continuity points, the distribution function of any positive random variable.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 gives the stationary law of a symmetric queue in closed form and shows that it depends on the service requirement distributions only through their means a(c)a(c)a(c). Quasi-reversibility (part (iii)) is the property that lets symmetric queues be placed in networks: Kelly's §3.2 shows that a network of quasi-reversible queues has a product-form equilibrium, so Theorem 3.8 is the single-queue input to product-form networks with processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations and class-dependent, non-exponential service. Lemma 3.9 is the approximation step behind the extension to arbitrary service distributions (Theorem 3.10).

These results are classical and proved in the book. To our knowledge none of them is machine-checked; Mathlib has the gamma distribution and distribution functions but no queueing theory. The mission produces a formal model of the symmetric queue as a countable-state Markov process, its equilibrium distribution, the insensitive marginals and the rate characterization of quasi-reversibility, all reusable by the chapter on networks of quasi-reversible queues.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt, detailed balance, fails: the stage process is not reversible in general, since an intermediate stage completion has no transition back. The equilibrium equations must be verified in full, over a countable state space in which a single state is reached from infinitely many others. The symmetry condition γ≡δ\gamma \equiv \deltaγ≡δ is essential and must enter the argument: without it (for first-come-first-served, say) the distribution (3.18) is false for non-exponential service. Positions shift on every arrival and departure, so the bookkeeping of which list results from which event, including coincidences when neighbouring customers have identical records, is the main formal burden. The marginal computations sum (3.18) over lists of records, where convergence must be tracked, and Lemma 3.9 needs an explicit construction of approximating gamma mixtures.

Formalization scope

  • The state is a List of customer records (class, refined class, stage); list index iii is position l=i+1l = i + 1l=i+1, and γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n), ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n) keep the book's 111-based indexing. The state space consists of the lists whose records have ν(c)p(c,z)>0\nu(c)p(c,z) > 0ν(c)p(c,z)>0 and 1≤u≤w(c,z)1 \le u \le w(c, z)1≤u≤w(c,z): records of a refined class arriving at rate zero are unreachable and excluded.
  • Classes C\mathcal CC and refinements Z\mathcal ZZ are arbitrary countable types. All infinite sums are HasSum or tsum with explicit convergence hypotheses: ∑cν(c)<∞\sum_c \nu(c) < \infty∑c​ν(c)<∞ (finite exit rates, the book's standing assumption of §1.1), convergence of a(c)a(c)a(c), of aaa, and of (3.15). "Equilibrium distribution" means positive, summing to one, and satisfying the equilibrium equations with convergent series.
  • The statement is rate level: (3.18) is shown to satisfy the equilibrium equations of the stage process, and quasi-reversibility is its rate characterization (3.8), (3.10). That these describe the stationary process and its time reversal is the book's Chapter 1 and is not reformalized.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: the goal keeps ppp, www and ddd general (not w≡1w \equiv 1w≡1, which would make the result Section 3.1's exponential case); the arrival position uses the same γ\gammaγ as the service split; and in Lemma 3.9 the approximants must be genuine gamma mixtures with integer shapes, which a point mass is not.
  • Not planned: Theorem 3.10 (arbitrary service distributions; only an outline of proof and a continuous state space the book does not construct) and Theorem 3.11 (reversibility of the number in queue, a non-Markov process).

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, lemmas about List.insertIdx/List.eraseIdx bookkeeping for queues with positions, and summation over lists of records.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979, §3.3, pp. 72–82. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues with customers of different types, Journal of Applied Probability 12 (1975), 542–554. https://www.jstor.org/journal/japplprob
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 416–432. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • A. D. Barbour, Networks of queues and the method of stages, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 584–591. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • B. A. Sevastyanov, An ergodic theorem for Markov processes and its application to telephone systems with refusals, Theory of Probability and its Applications 2 (1957), 104–112.
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, closed, and mixed networks of queues with different classes of customers, Journal of the ACM 22 (1975), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete Dynamic Programming 1: Every Finite Markov Decision Problem Has a Stationary Policy That Is Optimal for All Discount Factors Sufficiently Near 1Research Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision problem models a system that is observed once per period and controlled by choosing an action: the action earns an immediate income and determines the probabilities of the next state. Inventory control, machine replacement, queue admission and many reinforcement-learning benchmarks are of this form. With future income discounted by a factor β<1\beta<1β<1, Howard (Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, 1960) showed how to compute an optimal policy by policy improvement. The undiscounted problem (β=1\beta=1β=1) is harder, because total income is typically infinite.

David Blackwell's Discrete Dynamic Programming (Ann. Math. Statist. 33 (1962) 719–726) treats β=1\beta=1β=1 as a limit of β<1\beta<1β<1. Its Theorem 5 shows that some stationary policy is optimal simultaneously for all discount factors sufficiently close to 111. Such policies are now called Blackwell optimal, and the result is the base of sensitive discount optimality (Veinott, 1969) and of the standard textbook treatment of average-reward problems (Puterman, Markov Decision Processes, 1994, Ch. 10).

Timeline. Howard (1960): policy iteration for discounted and average-reward finite problems. Blackwell (1962): Theorem 5 (Blackwell optimal stationary policies exist) and the characterization of nearly optimal stationary policies (Theorem 4, the subject of the companion mission). Miller and Veinott (Ann. Math. Statist. 40 (1969) 366–370), Veinott (Ann. Math. Statist. 40 (1969) 1635–1660): Laurent expansions of VβV_\betaVβ​ in 1−β1-\beta1−β and nnn-discount optimality.

Setting

There are finitely many states sss and a finite set AAA of actions, every action available in every state. In state sss, action aaa yields income i(s,a)∈Ri(s,a)\in\mathbb Ri(s,a)∈R (any sign) and moves the system to state s′s's′ with probability q(s′∣s,a)q(s'\mid s,a)q(s′∣s,a); each q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability vector.

A decision rule is a function fff from states to actions; FFF is the finite set of decision rules. A policy is a sequence π={fn, n=1,2,… }\pi=\{f_n,\ n=1,2,\dots\}π={fn​, n=1,2,…} in FFF: on day nnn, in state sss, action fn(s)f_n(s)fn​(s) is used. Policies are deterministic and Markov but may change with time. The policy (f,π)(f,\pi)(f,π) uses fff on day 111 and then follows π\piπ; f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses fff every day and is called stationary.

For f∈Ff\in Ff∈F, r(f)r(f)r(f) is the vector (i(s,f(s)))s(i(s,f(s)))_s(i(s,f(s)))s​ and Q(f)Q(f)Q(f) the Markov matrix (q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′(q(s'\mid s,f(s)))_{s,s'}(q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′​. With Q0(π)=IQ_0(\pi)=IQ0​(π)=I and Qn(π)=Q(f1)⋯Q(fn)Q_n(\pi)=Q(f_1)\cdots Q(f_n)Qn​(π)=Q(f1​)⋯Q(fn​), the return of π\piπ at discount factor 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1 is

Vβ(π)=∑n=0∞βn Qn(π) r(fn+1),V_\beta(\pi)=\sum_{n=0}^\infty \beta^n\,Q_n(\pi)\,r(f_{n+1}),Vβ​(π)=n=0∑∞​βnQn​(π)r(fn+1​),

a vector indexed by the initial state. Vectors are compared coordinatewise; w1>w2w_1>w_2w1​>w2​ means w1≥w2w_1\ge w_2w1​≥w2​ and w1≠w2w_1\ne w_2w1​=w2​.

A policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is β\betaβ-optimal if Vβ(π∗)≥Vβ(π)V_\beta(\pi^*)\ge V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(π∗)≥Vβ​(π) for every policy π\piπ. Following §4 of the paper, a policy is optimal if it is β\betaβ-optimal for all β\betaβ sufficiently near 111.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

There exist a decision rule fff and β0<1\beta_0<1β0​<1 such that

Vβ(f(∞)) ≥ Vβ(π)for all β∈(β0,1) and all policies π.V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})\ \ge\ V_\beta(\pi)\qquad\text{for all }\beta\in(\beta_0,1)\text{ and all policies }\pi.Vβ​(f(∞)) ≥ Vβ​(π)for all β∈(β0​,1) and all policies π.

One fff and one β0\beta_0β0​ serve every competing policy and every β∈(β0,1)\beta\in(\beta_0,1)β∈(β0​,1).

Milestones

  1. The composition rule Vβ(f,π)=L(f)Vβ(π)V_\beta(f,\pi)=L(f)V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f,π)=L(f)Vβ​(π), with L(f)w=r(f)+βQ(f)wL(f)w=r(f)+\beta Q(f)wL(f)w=r(f)+βQ(f)w, and its NNN-fold version (§2).
  2. Theorem 1: if Vβ(f,π∗)≤Vβ(π∗)V_\beta(f,\pi^*)\le V_\beta(\pi^*)Vβ​(f,π∗)≤Vβ​(π∗) for all f∈Ff\in Ff∈F, then π∗\pi^*π∗ is β\betaβ-optimal.
  3. Theorem 2: if Vβ(f,π)>Vβ(π)V_\beta(f,\pi)>V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f,π)>Vβ​(π) then Vβ(f(∞))>Vβ(π)V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})>V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(f(∞))>Vβ​(π).
  4. Theorem 3 (policy improvement): if no action improves f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) by one step, f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) is β\betaβ-optimal; otherwise switching to improving actions gives g(∞)>f(∞)g^{(\infty)}>f^{(\infty)}g(∞)>f(∞).
  5. Corollary: for each fixed β∈[0,1)\beta\in[0,1)β∈[0,1) some stationary policy is β\betaβ-optimal.
  6. Each coordinate of Vβ(f(∞))V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})Vβ​(f(∞)) is a rational function of β\betaβ on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) with nonvanishing denominator.
  7. Some f∗f^*f∗ is β\betaβ-optimal for a set of β\betaβ's having 111 as a limit point.
  8. If Vβ(f∗(∞))≥Vβ(g(∞))V_\beta(f^{*(\infty)})\ge V_\beta(g^{(\infty)})Vβ​(f∗(∞))≥Vβ​(g(∞)) for a set of β\betaβ's accumulating at 111, then it holds for all β\betaβ near 111.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that the infinitely many discounted problems near β=1\beta=1β=1 share a common optimal stationary policy. Such a policy is also optimal for the long-run average criterion, which settles the existence of average-optimal stationary policies in finite models without any recurrence assumption. It also justifies computing undiscounted solutions as limits of discounted ones, and it is the first case of the sensitive optimality criteria developed later.

Formalizing it. The theorem is classical and proved in the paper and in the textbooks; there is no machine-checked proof of it in Blackwell's model on the platform. A related open item, SennottDP.AvgFinite.prop_6_2_3_blackwell_optimal, states the textbook version for nonnegative costs and randomized history-dependent policies; the present mission is Blackwell's own formulation with incomes of either sign and deterministic Markov policies. A complete development also yields a verified policy improvement theorem (Theorem 3) and the rationality of discounted values in β\betaβ, both reusable for any finite-state discounted model.

Difficulty

The Corollary gives, for each β\betaβ, some optimal stationary policy, and FFF is finite, so one f∗f^*f∗ is β\betaβ-optimal for infinitely many β\betaβ accumulating at 111. The obvious argument stops there: optimality on a sequence of β\betaβ's says nothing about the β\betaβ's in between, and a pointwise limit argument cannot produce a whole interval (β0,1)(\beta_0,1)(β0​,1). The step that fails is passing from "frequently" to "eventually", and it needs structural information about how VβV_\betaVβ​ depends on β\betaβ, not just continuity. A second difficulty is the comparison class: optimality must hold against all time-dependent policies, not only the finitely many stationary ones, so the final step has to bring the Corollary back in for every β\betaβ near 111.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty Lean types St, Act; decision rules are functions St → Act and policies are sequences ℕ → St → Act, indexed from 000 (π 0 is Blackwell's f1f_1f1​). Incomes are real-valued with no sign restriction. The law of motion law s a s' =q(s′∣s,a)=q(s'\mid s,a)=q(s′∣s,a) satisfies the published predicate IsTransitionKernel. Qn(π)Q_n(\pi)Qn​(π) is the ordered matrix product and Vβ(π)V_\beta(\pi)Vβ​(π) is the tsum of the series, which converges absolutely for 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1; every statement at a fixed β\betaβ assumes 0≤β<10\le\beta<10≤β<1, and nothing is stated for β≥1\beta\ge1β≥1. Vector inequalities are coordinatewise, and the strict order is "≥\ge≥ and ≠\ne=", not coordinatewise strict. "β\betaβ sufficiently near 111" is "there is β0<1\beta_0<1β0​<1 such that for every β∈(β0,1)\beta\in(\beta_0,1)β∈(β0​,1)". The paper's §4 phrase Vβ(π)=U(β)V_\beta(\pi)=U(\beta)Vβ​(π)=U(β) is encoded as β\betaβ-optimality, so no supremum over policies appears.

The word "optimal" has two meanings in the paper: at one fixed β\betaβ (§3, the Corollary) and for all β\betaβ near 111 (§4, Theorem 5). The Lean development keeps them apart as IsBetaOptimal β and IsOptimal. A statement of Theorem 5 at a single β\betaβ, with "there exists β\betaβ", for a set of β\betaβ's accumulating at 111, or against stationary policies only would be a different and weaker theorem; the goal rules all of these out.

Needed infrastructure: summation and shifting of the discounted series, Neumann series (I−βQ)−1=∑nβnQn(I-\beta Q)^{-1}=\sum_n\beta^nQ^n(I−βQ)−1=∑n​βnQn for stochastic QQQ, Cramer's rule to express (I−βQ)−1r(I-\beta Q)^{-1}r(I−βQ)−1r as a ratio of polynomials in β\betaβ, and the fact that a nonzero polynomial has finitely many roots. The policy improvement theorem and the rationality lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, Technology Press and Wiley, 1960.
  • A. F. Veinott Jr., Discrete Dynamic Programming with Sensitive Discount Optimality Criteria, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999 (Proposition 6.2.3, Blackwell optimality for finite models). https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands I. The Average-Cost Criterion: With Finite Storage a Modified Base-Stock Policy Is Strongly Average-Cost OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A manufacturer that makes one product to stock faces random demand, can produce at most bbb units per period, and can store at most UUU units. The classical result without the production limit is that a base-stock policy is optimal: raise inventory to a fixed level yˉ\bar yyˉ​ each period. With a production limit, the natural modification is to produce up to yˉ\bar yyˉ​ when that is possible and to produce at full capacity otherwise. Federgruen and Zipkin (1986) proved that this modified base-stock (critical-number) policy is optimal under the long-run average-cost criterion, for discrete demand with a general convex cost. Production-capacity models of this type are standard in operations management texts, and the result underlies the computational and comparative-static work that followed, starting with Part II of the same paper, which treats discounted costs.

Timeline.

  • 1950s–60s: optimality of base-stock (critical-number) policies for uncapacitated periodic-review models; see Heyman and Sobel's Stochastic Models in Operations Research, Vol. II (1984).
  • 1986: Federgruen and Zipkin, Part I (average cost, MOR 11(2):193–207) and Part II (discounted cost, MOR 11(2):208–215) establish the capacitated case. Part I handles the unbounded state space with a general average-cost theory for countable-state Markov decision processes by Federgruen, Schweitzer and Tijms (1983).

Setting

Time is divided into periods t=0,1,…t = 0, 1, \dotst=0,1,…. The demands D0,D1,…D_0, D_1, \dotsD0​,D1​,… are independent copies of a random variable DDD with values in {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} and probability mass function p(j)p(j)p(j); write μ=E(D)\mu = E(D)μ=E(D) and P(j)=Pr⁡{D≤j}P(j) = \Pr\{D \le j\}P(j)=Pr{D≤j}. At the start of period ttt the inventory is an integer xtx_txt​ (negative values are backorders). The decision maker raises it to

yt∈Y(xt)={y∈Z:xt≤y≤xt+b, y≤U},y_t \in Y(x_t) = \{y \in \mathbb Z : x_t \le y \le x_t + b,\ y \le U\},yt​∈Y(xt​)={y∈Z:xt​≤y≤xt​+b, y≤U},

pays the expected one-period cost G(yt)G(y_t)G(yt​), and demand is subtracted: xt+1=yt−Dtx_{t+1} = y_t - D_txt+1​=yt​−Dt​. The order cost per unit is set to zero, as in the paper; this loses no generality because every policy with finite average cost has the same average order cost.

The standing assumptions are: G≥0G \ge 0G≥0 is convex and G(y)→∞G(y) \to \inftyG(y)→∞ as ∣y∣→∞|y| \to \infty∣y∣→∞ (Assumption 1); the characteristic function of DDD is analytic at the origin (Assumption 2), and 0<μ0 < \mu0<μ; G(y)≤A+B∣y∣ρG(y) \le A + B|y|^\rhoG(y)≤A+B∣y∣ρ for some positive integer ρ\rhoρ (Assumption 3); b>μb > \mub>μ and P(b)<1P(b) < 1P(b)<1 (Assumption 4). The smallest global minimizer of GGG is yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞, and U≥yˉ∞U \ge \bar y^\inftyU≥yˉ​∞.

A Markov policy is a sequence π=(π0,π1,… )\pi = (\pi_0, \pi_1, \dots)π=(π0​,π1​,…) of maps with πt(x)∈Y(x)\pi_t(x) \in Y(x)πt​(x)∈Y(x). The critical-number policy with critical number yˉ\bar yyˉ​ is δ[yˉ](x)=max⁡(x,min⁡(yˉ,x+b))\delta[\bar y](x) = \max(x, \min(\bar y, x + b))δ[yˉ​](x)=max(x,min(yˉ​,x+b)). A stationary policy δ\deltaδ is strongly optimal with average cost ggg if, from every initial state x≤Ux \le Ux≤U, its average cost t−1E{∑i<tG(yi)}t^{-1}E\{\sum_{i<t} G(y_i)\}t−1E{∑i<t​G(yi​)} converges to ggg, while every Markov policy has lim-inf average cost at least ggg from every initial state.

The analysis uses the operators Rv(y)=G(y)+E v(y−D)Rv(y) = G(y) + E\,v(y - D)Rv(y)=G(y)+Ev(y−D) and Sv(x)=min⁡y∈Y(x)Rv(y)Sv(x) = \min_{y \in Y(x)} Rv(y)Sv(x)=miny∈Y(x)​Rv(y), and the optimality equation

g+v(x)=Sv(x),x≤U.(6)g + v(x) = Sv(x),\qquad x \le U. \tag{6}g+v(x)=Sv(x),x≤U.(6)

For an interval ι=[l,u]\iota = [l, u]ι=[l,u], Hιv(x)H_\iota v(x)Hι​v(x) is the largest expected sum of v(yt)v(y_t)v(yt​), over policies forced to produce at capacity below lll and to produce nothing above uuu, until the inventory first returns to ι\iotaι.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 202)

There exist g∗g^*g∗, v∗v^*v∗ and y∗≥yˉ∞y^* \ge \bar y^\inftyy∗≥yˉ​∞ such that (g∗,v∗)(g^*, v^*)(g∗,v∗) solves (6), v∗v^*v∗ is convex with global minimizer y∗y^*y∗, and

δ∗=δ[y∗] is strongly optimal with average cost g∗.\delta^* = \delta[y^*] \text{ is strongly optimal with average cost } g^*.δ∗=δ[y∗] is strongly optimal with average cost g∗.

The y∗y^*y∗ in the optimality claim is the minimizer constructed in part (a).

Milestones

  • Lemma 2(a)–(c) (pp. 196–197): a normal-tail inequality and two series estimates.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 198): if v(x)=O(∣x∣q)v(x) = O(|x|^q)v(x)=O(∣x∣q) then Hιv(x)=O(∣x∣q+3)H_\iota v(x) = O(|x|^{q+3})Hι​v(x)=O(∣x∣q+3).
  • Corollary 1 (p. 200): Hι1=O(∣x∣3)H_\iota 1 = O(|x|^3)Hι​1=O(∣x∣3) and HιG=O(∣x∣ρ+3)H_\iota G = O(|x|^{\rho+3})Hι​G=O(∣x∣ρ+3), both finite.
  • Corollary 2 (p. 201): (t+1)−1P[δ0t]⋯P[δtt](Hι1+HιG)(x)→0(t+1)^{-1}P[\delta_{0t}]\cdots P[\delta_{tt}](H_\iota 1 + H_\iota G)(x) \to 0(t+1)−1P[δ0t​]⋯P[δtt​](Hι​1+Hι​G)(x)→0.
  • Lemma 4 (p. 201): reachability of every state in [L,U−D−][L, U - D_-][L,U−D−​] under some policy that produces at capacity below LLL.
  • Lemma 5 (p. 202): SSS and QQQ preserve the class VVV of convex functions of growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3) that are nonincreasing below yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 reduces an infinite-state average-cost control problem to a one-parameter search over critical numbers. The paper then evaluates the average cost of δ[yˉ]\delta[\bar y]δ[yˉ​] by a renewal formula, proves it convex in yˉ\bar yyˉ​ (Theorem 2), and in §5 extends optimality to unlimited storage. The strong form of optimality matters: it compares with every Markov policy from every starting state, and it compares lim-infs, not only lim-sups.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof, but no machine-checked one, and its proof relies on external results that are themselves unformalized: the countable-state average-cost theory of Federgruen, Schweitzer and Tijms, a fixed-point theorem on a compact convex subset of a product space, and a large-deviation estimate quoted from Feller. A formal development produces reusable infrastructure: expected first-passage sums for integer-valued random walks with a reflecting control, polynomial moment bounds for them, and the convexity-preservation argument for capacitated value iteration.

Difficulty

The state space is unbounded below, so the finite-state theory of average-cost Markov decision processes does not apply, and the one-period cost is unbounded. The obvious approach, letting the discount factor tend to one in the discounted problem, needs uniform bounds on relative value functions. Those bounds come from the expected cost until the inventory returns to a fixed interval, and with capacity limits that expectation must be controlled with growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3) uniformly over a class of policies. This is the content of Lemma 3, whose proof combines a large-deviation estimate for the demand sums with a renewal-type recursion. A second obstacle is strong optimality: comparing with policies whose lim-inf average cost is smaller requires that the relative value function grows sublinearly along every admissible trajectory (Corollary 2).

Formalization scope

All objects are in the namespace FedergruenZipkin.AvgCost, defined in one file. States x,yx, yx,y and the capacity UUU are integers; demands are natural numbers with a real probability mass function p; bbb is a positive natural number. Convexity on Z\mathbb ZZ is the second-difference inequality. Expectations of a real function are series ∑jp(j) v(y−j)\sum_j p(j)\,v(y-j)∑j​p(j)v(y−j); expected policy costs and hitting sums are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued and need no integrability side condition. Feasibility and all properties of value functions are required only on states x≤Ux \le Ux≤U, which are the only states visited. Assumption 2 is stated literally, as real-analyticity of θ↦∑jp(j)eiθj\theta \mapsto \sum_j p(j)e^{i\theta j}θ↦∑j​p(j)eiθj at 000. The order cost is zero, as in the paper. yˉ∞\bar y^\inftyyˉ​∞ is a parameter characterised as the least minimizer of GGG, not an infimum.

"Strongly optimal" has no displayed definition in the paper; it is read from eq. (7) in the proof of Theorem 1(b): convergence of the average cost of δ∗\delta^*δ∗ to g∗g^*g∗ from every state, together with a lim-inf lower bound for every Markov (memoryless, possibly nonstationary) policy from every state. The class is neither widened to history-dependent policies nor narrowed to stationary ones. The goal additionally records that E v∗(y−D)E\,v^*(y-D)Ev∗(y−D) converges, that v∗v^*v∗ has growth O(∣x∣ρ+3)O(|x|^{\rho+3})O(∣x∣ρ+3), and that g∗≥0g^* \ge 0g∗≥0; all three follow from the paper's proof.

A trivializing reading is ruled out: the existence of ggg, vvv and y∗y^*y∗ is one existential, so y∗y^*y∗ cannot be decoupled from the solution of (6), and strong optimality includes the convergence of δ∗\delta^*δ∗'s own average cost to g∗g^*g∗, so g=0g = 0g=0 does not satisfy it vacuously.

Not posed: Lemma 1 (quoted from Feller, and replaceable by a Chernoff bound); the renewal formulas (10)–(11) and Theorem 2; and §5 (unlimited storage). Useful contributions include a formal theory of expected hitting sums for skip-free-upward random walks, and a proof of Lemma 3 by any route.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands I. The Average-Cost Criterion, Mathematics of Operations Research 11(2):193–207, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.11.2.193
  • A. Federgruen and P. Zipkin, An Inventory Model with Limited Production Capacity and Uncertain Demands II. The Discounted-Cost Criterion, Mathematics of Operations Research 11(2):208–215, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.11.2.208
  • A. Federgruen, P. J. Schweitzer and H. C. Tijms, Denumerable Undiscounted Semi-Markov Decision Processes with Unbounded Rewards, Mathematics of Operations Research 8(2):298–314, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.8.2.298
  • D. P. Heyman and M. J. Sobel, Stochastic Models in Operations Research, Vol. II, McGraw-Hill, 1984.
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VII: The Geometric Arrival-Point Law of the G/M/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

Most queueing models with a closed-form answer assume Poisson arrivals. In practice the times between arrivals are often far from exponential: scheduled appointments, batch releases from an upstream process, or arrivals timed by a machine cycle. The G/M/1 queue keeps the service side exponential and makes no assumption about the arrival stream beyond independent, identically distributed interarrival times. It is the standard counterpart of the M/G/1 queue, and its solution is the one used in teaching and in practice whenever the input is not Poisson (Gross, Shortle, Thompson & Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley 2008, §5.3.1, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651).

The answer has an unusually clean form. The number of customers that an arriving customer finds in the system is geometric, exactly as in the M/M/1 queue, with the traffic intensity ρ\rhoρ replaced by a number r0r_0r0​ that depends on the whole interarrival distribution through a single scalar equation. This mission is the seventh of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter; it covers the G/M/1 half of §5.3 (printed pp.259–263).

Setting

Customers arrive at a single server. The interarrival times are independent with common law AAA, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with CDF A(t)A(t)A(t) and finite mean E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times are independent exponential random variables with rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and the discipline is first come, first served.

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers in the system just before the nnnth arrival. Between two arrivals the server completes a Poisson number of services (truncated by the number present), so {Xn}\{X_n\}{Xn​} is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}. Its transition probabilities are built from

bk=∫0∞e−μt(μt)kk! dA(t)(k≥0),b_k = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\mu t}(\mu t)^k}{k!}\,dA(t) \qquad (k \ge 0),bk​=∫0∞​k!e−μt(μt)k​dA(t)(k≥0),

the probability of exactly kkk completions during one interarrival time (Eq. (5.50)): pi0=1−∑k=0ibkp_{i0} = 1 - \sum_{k=0}^{i} b_kpi0​=1−∑k=0i​bk​, pij=bi+1−jp_{ij} = b_{i+1-j}pij​=bi+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 otherwise (Eq. (5.51)). A stationary arrival-point distribution is a probability vector q={qn}q = \{q_n\}q={qn​} with qP=qqP = qqP=q and qe=1qe = 1qe=1 (Eq. (5.52)); qnq_nqn​ is the long-run probability that an arrival finds nnn customers present.

The characteristic equation of the chain is

z=β(z),β(z)=∑n≥0bnzn,z = \beta(z), \qquad \beta(z) = \sum_{n \ge 0} b_n z^n ,z=β(z),β(z)=n≥0∑​bn​zn,

where β\betaβ is the probability generating function of {bn}\{b_n\}{bn​} (Eq. (5.55)). Equivalently z=A∗[μ(1−z)]z = A^*[\mu(1-z)]z=A∗[μ(1−z)] (Eq. (5.56)), where A∗(s)=∫0∞e−sx dA(x)A^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-sx}\,dA(x)A∗(s)=∫0∞​e−sxdA(x) is the Laplace–Stieltjes transform of the interarrival law. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (5.60), the geometric arrival-point law

If ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1, there is a number r0r_0r0​ with 0<r0<10 < r_0 < 10<r0​<1 and r0=β(r0)r_0 = \beta(r_0)r0​=β(r0​), it is the only complex root of z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) in the open unit disk, and

qn=(1−r0) r0 n(n≥0)q_n = (1 - r_0)\, r_0^{\,n} \qquad (n \ge 0)qn​=(1−r0​)r0n​(n≥0)

is a stationary arrival-point distribution and the only one. The root is part of the conclusion, not an assumption.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (5.51)–(5.53): for a probability vector qqq, qP=qqP = qqP=q is equivalent to qi=∑k≥0qi+k−1bkq_i = \sum_{k\ge0} q_{i+k-1}b_kqi​=∑k≥0​qi+k−1​bk​ (i≥1i \ge 1i≥1) and q0=∑j≥0qj(1−∑k=0jbk)q_0 = \sum_{j\ge0} q_j\bigl(1 - \sum_{k=0}^{j} b_k\bigr)q0​=∑j≥0​qj​(1−∑k=0j​bk​).
  2. p.261: 0<b0<10 < b_0 < 10<b0​<1, bn>0b_n > 0bn​>0 for all nnn, β(1)=1\beta(1) = 1β(1)=1, and β′(1)=∑nnbn=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=∑n​nbn​=μ/λ.
  3. Eq. (5.56): β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] for ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1.
  4. Eq. (5.58), Figure 5.2: z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has at most one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and one exists if and only if λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1.
  5. p.262: when λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1, z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has exactly one root with ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1.
  6. Eq. (5.59): successive substitution z(k+1)=β(z(k))z^{(k+1)} = \beta(z^{(k)})z(k+1)=β(z(k)) from any 0<z(0)<10 < z^{(0)} < 10<z(0)<1 converges to r0r_0r0​.
  7. Eq. (5.61): L(A)=r0/(1−r0)L^{(A)} = r_0/(1-r_0)L(A)=r0​/(1−r0​) and Lq(A)=r02/(1−r0)L_q^{(A)} = r_0^2/(1-r_0)Lq(A)​=r02​/(1−r0​).
  8. Eq. (5.62): Wq(t)=1−r0e−μ(1−r0)tW_q(t) = 1 - r_0 e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}Wq​(t)=1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0)tW(t) = 1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0​)t for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
  9. Eq. (5.63): Wq=r0/(μ(1−r0))W_q = r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))Wq​=r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and W=1/(μ(1−r0))W = 1/(\mu(1-r_0))W=1/(μ(1−r0​)).

Significance

The result. Equation (5.60) reduces the analysis of a queue with arbitrary renewal input to one scalar root. Every arrival-point performance measure of the M/M/1 queue then carries over with ρ\rhoρ replaced by r0r_0r0​: the mean number found by an arrival, the mean queue found by an arrival, and the full distributions of line delay and system time seen by arrivals (Eqs. (5.61)–(5.63)). The same root drives the multiserver G/M/c analysis later in §5.3 and the relation between arrival-point and time-average probabilities in §6.3. The result also illustrates a point the book stresses: qnq_nqn​ is the distribution seen by arrivals, and it equals the time-average distribution pnp_npn​ only when the input is Poisson.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical (the embedded-chain method goes back to Kendall, 1953) and fully proved in the textbook literature; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform had no G/M/1, embedded-chain, or Rouché-type statement when this mission was drafted. The work is to formalize the known argument, which touches analytic facts about power series with nonnegative coefficients, a mixture-of-Poisson computation, a counting of roots in the unit disk, and the uniqueness of the stationary law of an irreducible countable chain.

Difficulty

Locating a real root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is a one-variable question. The hard step is excluding every other complex root inside the unit disk: a real-variable argument says nothing about complex roots, and the book's route relies on Rouché's theorem, which Mathlib does not have. A second point is uniqueness of the stationary vector: showing that the geometric vector solves qP=qqP = qqP=q does not show that no other probability vector does, and the goal asserts both. Computing ∑nnbn=μ/λ\sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambda∑n​nbn​=μ/λ requires interchanging a sum with the integral against AAA, which is where the finite mean of the interarrival law enters.

Formalization scope

The interarrival law is a measure A : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure A, A (Set.Iio 0) = 0, integrable identity, and ∫ x ∂A = 1/λ (the structure IsInterarrivalLaw). Every theorem also assumes λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. The integrals defining bkb_kbk​ and A∗A^*A∗ are over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), closed at 000. The generating function β\betaβ takes complex arguments; real roots are written with the real-to-complex coercion. A stationary vector is a function q : ℕ → ℝ with qn≥0q_n \ge 0qn​≥0, HasSum q 1, and HasSum (fun i => q i * p i j) (q j) for every jjj.

The explicit closed forms the statements carry are: the transition matrix (5.51); the equations (5.53); β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] (5.56); β′(1)=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=μ/λ; qn=(1−r0)r0nq_n = (1-r_0)r_0^nqn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (5.60); r0/(1−r0)r_0/(1-r_0)r0​/(1−r0​) and r02/(1−r0)r_0^2/(1-r_0)r02​/(1−r0​) (5.61); 1−r0e−μ(1−r0)t1 - r_0e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and 1−e−μ(1−r0)t1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−e−μ(1−r0​)t (5.62); r0/(μ(1−r0))r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and 1/(μ(1−r0))1/(\mu(1-r_0))1/(μ(1−r0​)) (5.63). The waiting-time CDFs are defined as in §2.2.5 of the book: Wq(t)=q0+∑n≥1qnPr⁡{n completions in≤t}W_q(t) = q_0 + \sum_{n\ge1} q_n \Pr\{n \text{ completions in} \le t\}Wq​(t)=q0​+∑n≥1​qn​Pr{n completions in≤t} with the Erlang type-nnn CDF, and W(t)W(t)W(t) likewise with n+1n+1n+1 completions. The means in (5.63) are ∫0∞[1−Wq(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W_q(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−Wq​(t)]dt and ∫0∞[1−W(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−W(t)]dt.

A trivializing formalization would take "r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) solves z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z)" as a hypothesis of the goal, which turns (5.60) into a geometric-series check; here existence, location and uniqueness of the root, and uniqueness of the stationary vector, are all conclusions.

Out of scope for this mission: the M/G/c and M/G/∞ results of §5.2 and the multiserver G/M/c analysis of §5.3.2. Reusable pieces include a Rouché-type or fixed-point counting lemma for power series with nonnegative coefficients summing to one, and the uniqueness of stationary laws for irreducible chains on N\mathbb NN. Contributions of either kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.3.1, pp.259–263. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, "Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 1953, 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VI: The Pollaczek–Khintchine Transform for the M/G/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

The M/G/1 queue is the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and an arbitrary service-time distribution. It is the first queueing model beyond the birth–death family in which exact formulas survive. It is also the model a practitioner reaches for when service times are measured and visibly not exponential: repair times, transmission times of variable-length packets, machining times. Its central result is the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, first obtained by Pollaczek (1930) and Khintchine (1932). It expresses the stationary queue in terms of the service distribution, and it shows that the mean wait grows linearly in the squared coefficient of variation of service. That makes variability, and not only load, a measurable driver of congestion.

The textbook treatment followed here is Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), §5.1. It derives the result through Kendall's (1953) imbedded Markov chain of system sizes at departure epochs. It then obtains the transforms of the waiting times and the busy-period functional equation of Takács (1962).

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times SSS are independent with distribution BBB, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S], and the discipline is first-come first-served. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ E[S]\rho = \lambda\,\mathrm E[S]ρ=λE[S].

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers the nnnth departing customer leaves behind. The number of arrivals during one service time equals iii with probability

ki=∫0∞e−λt(λt)ii! dB(t),k_i = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^i}{i!}\,dB(t),ki​=∫0∞​i!e−λt(λt)i​dB(t),

and (Xn)(X_n)(Xn​) is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} whose transition matrix PPP has first row (k0,k1,k2,… )(k_0,k_1,k_2,\dots)(k0​,k1​,k2​,…) and, for i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, entries pij=kj−i+1p_{ij} = k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ for j≥i−1j \ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π. Its generating function is Π(z)=∑iπizi\Pi(z) = \sum_i \pi_i z^iΠ(z)=∑i​πi​zi, and that of the arrivals per service is K(z)=∑ikiziK(z) = \sum_i k_i z^iK(z)=∑i​ki​zi, for complex ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1. The Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a distribution FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is F∗(s)=∫0∞e−st dF(t)F^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}\,dF(t)F∗(s)=∫0∞​e−stdF(t). In the Lean development these are arrivalProb, transitionMatrix, IsStationaryDist, pgf, utilization and lst in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.MG1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Pollaczek–Khintchine transform formula (5.15)–(5.16)

If E[S]<∞\mathrm E[S] < \inftyE[S]<∞ and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the chain has a stationary distribution, and every stationary distribution satisfies π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ and

Π(z)=(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)K(z)−z,∣z∣≤1, z≠1,\Pi(z) = \frac{(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)}{K(z)-z}, \qquad |z| \le 1,\ z \ne 1,Π(z)=K(z)−z(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)​,∣z∣≤1, z=1,

with K(z)≠zK(z) \ne zK(z)=z at each such zzz. It leaves the service distribution completely general.

Milestones

  1. The stationary equations (5.12): πi=π0ki+∑j=1i+1πjki−j+1\pi_i = \pi_0 k_i + \sum_{j=1}^{i+1}\pi_j k_{i-j+1}πi​=π0​ki​+∑j=1i+1​πj​ki−j+1​.
  2. The transform (5.14), Π(z)=π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\Pi(z) = \pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)Π(z)=π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z), with π0\pi_0π0​ free and no condition on ρ\rhoρ.
  3. Ergodicity (§5.1.4): a unique stationary distribution exists if and only if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  4. The departure-point mean (5.7): L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))L^{(D)} = \rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)).
  5. K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)]K(z) = B^*[\lambda(1-z)]K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32).
  6. The system-wait transform (5.29), (5.33): Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)]\Pi(z) = W^*[\lambda(1-z)]Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)] and W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W^*(s) = (1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  7. The line-wait transform (5.34): Wq∗(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W_q^*(s) = (1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])Wq∗​(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  8. The busy-period equation (5.37): G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]G^*(s) = B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)].
  9. The mean busy period: E[X]=1/(μ−λ)\mathrm E[X] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[X]=1/(μ−λ) with μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S].

Significance

The transform formula determines the whole stationary departure-point distribution from the service distribution. Its derivatives at z=1z = 1z=1 give every moment of the system size, including the mean-value formula (5.7). Combined with the transform identity (5.32), it gives the waiting-time transforms (5.33)–(5.34). Those in turn give the classical geometric-series representation of the line-wait distribution through the residual service time. The busy-period equation is the starting point for busy-period moments and for the M/G/1 analysis of priority and vacation models later in the book.

All results here are classical and proved in the literature. As far as a search of the platform shows (2026-09-28), none is machine-checked: there is no M/G/1 queue, imbedded departure-point chain, Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a service distribution, or busy-period equation on Prove2Me. Mathlib has Poisson distributions and measure convolution but no generating-function theory for countable Markov chains, no Laplace–Stieltjes transform, and no identity theorem in the form these statements need. The mission produces a checked statement of the Pollaczek–Khintchine formulas that later queueing developments (vacations, priorities, M/G/1-type chains) can build on.

Difficulty

Turning the stationary equations into (5.14) is formal power-series algebra. The difficulties lie elsewhere. First, the formula must hold for complex zzz on the closed disk, which needs the non-vanishing of K(z)−zK(z)-zK(z)−z away from z=1z = 1z=1. That fact fails for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1, where KKK has a fixed point inside the disk. Second, (5.15) evaluates π0\pi_0π0​ from Π(1)=1\Pi(1) = 1Π(1)=1 by a limit at the point where the formula is 0/00/00/0, and this uses K′(1)=ρK'(1) = \rhoK′(1)=ρ, an interchange of sum and integral. Third, the existence half of the goal requires positive recurrence of a chain with unbounded jumps. The book obtains it from Foster's criterion, which is not in Mathlib. Fourth, the waiting-time and busy-period transforms are stated for all real s>0s > 0s>0, while the generating-function route reaches only s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]s = \lambda(1-z) \in (0, 2\lambda]s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]. Extending the identity requires either analyticity arguments or a direct derivation. A formal proof of (5.14) alone does not touch any of these.

Formalization scope

The service distribution is a Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure B and B (Set.Iio 0) = 0; no density is assumed. The arrival rate is lam : ℝ with 0 < lam. Stationarity is IsStationaryDist P π: nonnegative entries, HasSum π 1, and HasSum (fun i => π i * P i j) (π j) for every j. That is global balance on ℕ, as the book writes it. Generating functions take a complex argument with ‖z‖ ≤ 1; transforms take a complex argument, and the waiting-time and busy-period statements use real s. The mean and variance of B are Bochner integrals, and every statement that uses them assumes Integrable. The mean busy period assumes 0 < E[S], so that μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S] is the book's service rate.

Closed forms carried by the statements: π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ (5.15); (1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.16); π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.14); ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))\rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)) (5.7); B∗[λ(1−z)]B^*[\lambda(1-z)]B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32); (1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.33); (1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.34); B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)] (5.37); 1/(μ−λ)1/(\mu-\lambda)1/(μ−λ) for the mean busy period.

The waiting-time distribution WWW enters through the book's FCFS relation πn=1n!∫(λt)ne−λt dW(t)\pi_n = \frac1{n!}\int(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}\,dW(t)πn​=n!1​∫(λt)ne−λtdW(t), and WqW_qWq​ through W=Wq∗BW = W_q * BW=Wq​∗B; both are hypotheses, as in the book. The busy-period distribution GGG enters through the equation (5.36) in CDF form, with nnn-fold convolutions built from Mathlib's Measure.conv.

The goal is not the algebraic consequence of (5.12) for an arbitrary sequence: π\piπ must be a probability vector, π0\pi_0π0​ is determined as 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ, and the existence of a stationary distribution is part of the conclusion, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. The departure-point/time-average equality (§5.1.3, via PASTA) is not formalized.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: generating functions of stationary distributions on ℕ, Poisson mixtures, Laplace–Stieltjes transforms of measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and a Foster-type drift criterion for countable chains. Contributions proving any milestone, or those tools, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • L. Takács, Introduction to the Theory of Queues, Oxford University Press, 1962.
  • F. Pollaczek, Über eine Aufgabe der Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Mathematische Zeitschrift 32 (1930) 64–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01194620
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory V: Closed Jackson Networks and the Mean-Value RecursionTextbook

Motivation

Networks of queues model systems in which a job visits several service stations in turn: jobs in a computer system alternating between CPU and disks, machines cycling between operation and repair, parts routed through a job shop. In a closed network no job enters or leaves; a fixed population of NNN customers circulates among kkk nodes. Closed networks are the standard model of multiprogrammed computer systems and of machine-repair and finite-source systems, and they are the setting of chapter 4 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, doi:10.1002/9781118625651).

The chapter's results form a short line of computational ideas:

  • Jackson (1957, 1963) showed that open networks of exponential servers with Markovian routing have a product-form steady state; Gordon and Newell (1967) gave the closed-network version, (4.15)–(4.18) of the book.
  • Buzen (1973) gave a convolution recursion for the normalizing constant G(N)G(N)G(N) and for marginal distributions, (4.19)–(4.22).
  • Reiser and Lavenberg (1980) introduced mean-value analysis (MVA), which computes mean queue lengths, waiting times and throughputs population by population without ever forming G(N)G(N)G(N), (4.23)–(4.25); the book presents it following Bruell and Balbo (1980).
  • The book closes the section with a recursion for the full marginal distributions, (4.26), which it proves from the product form (pp.207–209).

This mission formalizes that line, ending at (4.26).

Setting

A closed Jackson network has nodes i=1,…,ki = 1, \dots, ki=1,…,k, each with a single server whose service times are exponential with rate μi>0\mu_i > 0μi​>0. A customer finishing service at node iii moves to node jjj with probability rijr_{ij}rij​; the routing matrix R=(rij)R = (r_{ij})R=(rij​) has nonnegative entries and rows summing to one, and it is irreducible: every node can be reached from every other. The state is nˉ=(n1,…,nk)\bar n = (n_1, \dots, n_k)nˉ=(n1​,…,nk​), the number of customers at each node, with n1+⋯+nk=Nn_1 + \cdots + n_k = Nn1​+⋯+nk​=N; this state space is finite.

The steady-state distribution pnˉp_{\bar n}pnˉ​ is the probability vector on the state space that solves the flow-balance equations (4.14),

∑j=1k∑i=1i≠jkμirij pnˉ;i+j−=∑i=1kμi(1−rii) pnˉ,\sum_{j=1}^{k}\sum_{\substack{i=1\\ i\ne j}}^{k} \mu_i r_{ij}\, p_{\bar n;i^+j^-} = \sum_{i=1}^{k}\mu_i(1-r_{ii})\,p_{\bar n},j=1∑k​i=1i=j​∑k​μi​rij​pnˉ;i+j−​=i=1∑k​μi​(1−rii​)pnˉ​,

where nˉ;i+j−\bar n;i^+j^-nˉ;i+j− has one more customer at iii and one fewer at jjj, and terms with a negative subscript or with μi\mu_iμi​ at an empty node vanish. The traffic equations (4.16) are μiρi=∑jμjrjiρj\mu_i\rho_i = \sum_j \mu_j r_{ji}\rho_jμi​ρi​=∑j​μj​rji​ρj​; they determine ρ=(ρ1,…,ρk)\rho = (\rho_1, \dots, \rho_k)ρ=(ρ1​,…,ρk​) up to a positive factor. The normalizing constant is

G(N)=∑n1+⋯+nk=Nρ1n1⋯ρknk,G(N) = \sum_{n_1+\cdots+n_k=N}\rho_1^{n_1}\cdots\rho_k^{n_k},G(N)=n1​+⋯+nk​=N∑​ρ1n1​​⋯ρknk​​,

and more generally, with fi(n)=ρi n/ai(n)f_i(n) = \rho_i^{\,n}/a_i(n)fi​(n)=ρin​/ai​(n) for cic_ici​-server nodes ((4.13)), G(N)=∑∏ifi(ni)G(N) = \sum \prod_i f_i(n_i)G(N)=∑∏i​fi​(ni​) and Buzen's function gm(n)=∑n1+⋯+nm=n∏i≤mfi(ni)g_m(n) = \sum_{n_1+\cdots+n_m=n}\prod_{i\le m} f_i(n_i)gm​(n)=∑n1​+⋯+nm​=n​∏i≤m​fi​(ni​).

For each population NNN write pi(n,N)=Pr⁡{Ni=n}p_i(n, N) = \Pr\{N_i = n\}pi​(n,N)=Pr{Ni​=n} for the marginal distribution at node iii, Pˉi(n;N)=Pr⁡{Ni≥n}\bar P_i(n; N) = \Pr\{N_i \ge n\}Pˉi​(n;N)=Pr{Ni​≥n}, Li(N)L_i(N)Li​(N) for the mean number at node iii, and

λi(N)=Pr⁡{server busy at node i}⋅μi\lambda_i(N) = \Pr\{\text{server busy at node } i\}\cdot\mu_iλi​(N)=Pr{server busy at node i}⋅μi​

for the throughput of node iii.

Formalization targets

Goal: the marginal recursion (4.26)

For every node iii,

pi(0,0)=1,pi(n,N)=λi(N)μi pi(n−1,N−1)(n,N≥1).p_i(0,0) = 1, \qquad p_i(n, N) = \frac{\lambda_i(N)}{\mu_i}\,p_i(n-1, N-1) \quad (n, N \ge 1).pi​(0,0)=1,pi​(n,N)=μi​λi​(N)​pi​(n−1,N−1)(n,N≥1).

It involves only the steady-state distributions and quantities computed from them; it holds for every irreducible routing matrix and every choice of rates.

Milestones

  1. Product form (4.14)–(4.16). For any positive solution ρ\rhoρ of (4.16), a probability distribution solves (4.14) if and only if pnˉ=G(N)−1ρ1n1⋯ρknkp_{\bar n} = G(N)^{-1}\rho_1^{n_1}\cdots\rho_k^{n_k}pnˉ​=G(N)−1ρ1n1​​⋯ρknk​​.
  2. Buzen's algorithm (4.19)–(4.21). G(N)=gk(N)G(N) = g_k(N)G(N)=gk​(N), gm(n)=∑i=0nfm(i) gm−1(n−i)g_m(n) = \sum_{i=0}^{n} f_m(i)\,g_{m-1}(n-i)gm​(n)=∑i=0n​fm​(i)gm−1​(n−i), g1=f1g_1 = f_1g1​=f1​, gm(0)=1g_m(0) = 1gm​(0)=1.
  3. Marginal at the last node (4.22). pk(n)=fk(n) gk−1(N−n)/G(N)p_k(n) = f_k(n)\,g_{k-1}(N-n)/G(N)pk​(n)=fk​(n)gk−1​(N−n)/G(N) for 0≤n≤N0 \le n \le N0≤n≤N.
  4. Complementary marginal (p.208). Pˉi(ni;N)=ρi niG(N−ni)/G(N)\bar P_i(n_i; N) = \rho_i^{\,n_i}G(N-n_i)/G(N)Pˉi​(ni​;N)=ρini​​G(N−ni​)/G(N).
  5. Mean-value analysis (4.23)–(4.25). Li(0)=0L_i(0) = 0Li​(0)=0; Li(N)=λi(N)Wi(N)L_i(N) = \lambda_i(N)W_i(N)Li​(N)=λi​(N)Wi​(N) with Wi(N)=(1+Li(N−1))/μiW_i(N) = (1 + L_i(N-1))/\mu_iWi​(N)=(1+Li​(N−1))/μi​; and for vvv solving vi=∑jvjrjiv_i = \sum_j v_j r_{ji}vi​=∑j​vj​rji​ with vl=1v_l = 1vl​=1, λl(N)=N/∑iviWi(N)\lambda_l(N) = N/\sum_i v_iW_i(N)λl​(N)=N/∑i​vi​Wi​(N) and λi(N)=λl(N)vi\lambda_i(N) = \lambda_l(N)v_iλi​(N)=λl​(N)vi​.

Significance

The product form reduces a (N+k−1N)\binom{N+k-1}{N}(NN+k−1​)-state Markov chain to the constants G(0),…,G(N)G(0), \dots, G(N)G(0),…,G(N), and Buzen's recursion computes them in O(kN2)O(kN^2)O(kN2) operations. Mean-value analysis goes further and avoids G(N)G(N)G(N), whose magnitude can overflow or underflow for large populations; it is the method used in capacity planning of computer systems. The recursion (4.26) extends MVA from means to full marginal distributions, so a single pass over NNN yields every nodal distribution.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature; the book proves (4.26) itself. What the mission adds is a machine-checked development of them from the global balance equations: the product form with its uniqueness, the convolution identities, the marginal formulas, and the correctness of the MVA iteration as stated by the book, all over one shared definition layer. A search of the platform on 2026-09-28 found no formal statement of Buzen's algorithm or of MVA. The platform has Kelly's closed migration process theorem (KellyStochasticNetworks.closed_migration_equilibrium), which shows that the unnormalized product form satisfies the equilibrium equations under Kelly's conventions; the normalization, uniqueness and everything downstream of the product form are new here.

Difficulty

The combinatorial identities (Buzen's recursion, the tail marginal) are reindexings of finite sums over compositions of NNN; in Lean the work is in bijections between the state spaces {n1+⋯+nk=N}\{n_1+\cdots+n_k = N\}{n1​+⋯+nk​=N} for different kkk and NNN. The substantive step is uniqueness in the product-form theorem: the global balance equations have a one-dimensional solution space only because the chain on the NNN-customer states is irreducible on the population level, which is a property of the network chain and not of the routing matrix alone. The goal and MVA also need a positive solution of the traffic equations, which is not among the hypotheses and has to come from irreducibility of RRR. The book's own intuitive derivation of MVA via the arrival theorem is not the route the statements require; they are stated in terms of the steady-state distributions alone.

Formalization scope

Nodes are Fin k (book node iii is index i−1i-1i−1); states are n : Fin k → ℕ with ∑ i, n i = N, collected in a Finset, and all sums are finite. A distribution is a real function on Nk\mathbb N^kNk that is nonnegative, vanishes off the NNN-customer states and sums to one there. The balance equations are (4.14) verbatim with the book's boundary convention (p.188), not detailed balance. All results except Buzen's algorithm and (4.22) are for single-server nodes, as in the book; (4.13)'s multiserver factor ai(n)a_i(n)ai​(n) enters only (4.19)–(4.22).

Closed forms instantiated in the statements: the product form G(N)−1∏iρiniG(N)^{-1}\prod_i\rho_i^{n_i}G(N)−1∏i​ρini​​ ((4.15)); G(N)G(N)G(N) as the explicit sum (4.18)/(4.19); ai(n)a_i(n)ai​(n) from (4.13); gmg_mgm​ from (4.20); pk(n)=fk(n)gk−1(N−n)/G(N)p_k(n) = f_k(n)g_{k-1}(N-n)/G(N)pk​(n)=fk​(n)gk−1​(N−n)/G(N) ((4.22)); Pˉi(n;N)=ρinG(N−n)/G(N)\bar P_i(n;N) = \rho_i^nG(N-n)/G(N)Pˉi​(n;N)=ρin​G(N−n)/G(N) (p.208); Wi(N)=(1+Li(N−1))/μiW_i(N) = (1+L_i(N-1))/\mu_iWi​(N)=(1+Li​(N−1))/μi​ ((4.23)); λl(N)=N/∑iviWi(N)\lambda_l(N) = N/\sum_i v_iW_i(N)λl​(N)=N/∑i​vi​Wi​(N) (MVA step (iii)(b)).

Two trivializing formalizations are ruled out: λi(N)\lambda_i(N)λi​(N) in (4.26) and (4.24) is the throughput computed from the steady-state distribution, not a free constant (which would make (4.26) a definition); and gmg_mgm​ is defined by the sum (4.20), so the recursion (4.21) is a theorem rather than rfl. The product-form statement is an equivalence, so it asserts both that the product form is a steady state and that it is the only one.

Needed infrastructure: bijections between compositions of NNN into kkk and k−1k-1k−1 parts, uniqueness of stationary distributions of irreducible finite continuous-time chains (stated directly via the balance equations), and existence of positive solutions of v=vRv = vRv=vR for irreducible stochastic RRR. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, and helper lemmas on these three points.

Not formalized: open Jackson networks (4.11) and Burke's theorem (4.5)–(4.6), multiclass networks (§4.2.1), the multiserver recursion (4.27) and cyclic queues (§4.4).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §4.3, pp.195–209. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • J. R. Jackson, "Jobshop-like queueing systems", Management Science 10(1), 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • W. J. Gordon, G. F. Newell, "Closed queuing systems with exponential servers", Operations Research 15(2), 1967. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.15.2.254
  • J. P. Buzen, "Computational algorithms for closed queueing networks with exponential servers", Communications of the ACM 16(9), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1145/362342.362345
  • M. Reiser, S. S. Lavenberg, "Mean-value analysis of closed multichain queuing networks", Journal of the ACM 27(2), 1980. https://doi.org/10.1145/322186.322195
  • S. C. Bruell, G. Balbo, Computational Algorithms for Closed Queueing Networks, North-Holland, 1980.
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory IV: The Stationary Distribution of the M/M/1 Retrial QueueTextbook

Motivation

In many service systems a customer who finds every server busy does not join a queue. A caller who hears a busy signal hangs up and redials later; a request rejected by a saturated server is resent after a timeout; an aircraft that cannot land circles and tries again. These retrial queues are the subject of a substantial literature in telephone traffic engineering, computer networks and call-centre design, surveyed in the monograph of Falin and Templeton (1997) and the bibliography of Artalejo (1999). Their analysis is harder than that of ordinary queues: the blocked customers form an orbit whose size is part of the state, so even the simplest model is a two-dimensional Markov chain, and explicit stationary distributions are rare.

This mission is the fourth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008). Its goal is the explicit stationary distribution of the single-server retrial queue, Eq. (3.57) of §3.5.1, one of the few retrial models solvable in closed form. Chapter 3 of the book treats Markovian queues that are not birth–death processes: bulk arrivals, bulk service, Erlang phases, priority disciplines and retrials. The milestones also collect three capstone formulas from the chapter's other sections: the bulk-input queue, the partial-batch bulk-service queue, and Cobham's formula for nonpreemptive priorities (Cobham, 1954).

Setting

In the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 retrial queue customers arrive according to a Poisson process with rate λ\lambdaλ and are served one at a time by a single server, with exponential service times of mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ. An arrival that finds the server busy enters the orbit and stays there for an exponential time with mean 1/γ1/\gamma1/γ, after which it tries again; each customer in orbit retries independently. No customer leaves because of impatience. With Ns(t)∈{0,1}N_s(t) \in \{0,1\}Ns​(t)∈{0,1} the number in service and No(t)N_o(t)No​(t) the number in orbit, the pair is a continuous-time Markov chain on states {i,n}\{i, n\}{i,n}, i∈{0,1}i \in \{0,1\}i∈{0,1}, n∈{0,1,2,… }n \in \{0,1,2,\dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…}. Writing pi,np_{i,n}pi,n​ for the steady-state probability of {i,n}\{i,n\}{i,n}, the rate-balance equations are

(λ+nγ)p0,n=μp1,n,n≥0,(3.47)(λ+μ)p1,n=λp0,n+(n+1)γp0,n+1+λp1,n−1,n≥1,(3.48)(λ+μ)p1,0=λp0,0+γp0,1.(3.49)\begin{aligned} (\lambda + n\gamma)p_{0,n} &= \mu p_{1,n}, && n \ge 0, && (3.47)\\ (\lambda+\mu)p_{1,n} &= \lambda p_{0,n} + (n+1)\gamma p_{0,n+1} + \lambda p_{1,n-1}, && n \ge 1, && (3.48)\\ (\lambda+\mu)p_{1,0} &= \lambda p_{0,0} + \gamma p_{0,1}. && && (3.49) \end{aligned}(λ+nγ)p0,n​(λ+μ)p1,n​(λ+μ)p1,0​​=μp1,n​,=λp0,n​+(n+1)γp0,n+1​+λp1,n−1​,=λp0,0​+γp0,1​.​​n≥0,n≥1,​​(3.47)(3.48)(3.49)​

Following the book's convention (§1.9, and the footnote on p.118), a steady-state solution is a nonnegative solution of these equations whose total mass ∑n(p0,n+p1,n)\sum_n (p_{0,n} + p_{1,n})∑n​(p0,n​+p1,n​) equals 111. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ, and the partial generating functions are P0(z)=∑nznp0,nP_0(z) = \sum_n z^n p_{0,n}P0​(z)=∑n​znp0,n​ and P1(z)=∑nznp1,nP_1(z) = \sum_n z^n p_{1,n}P1​(z)=∑n​znp1,n​.

The other models of the mission use the same convention. In the bulk-input queue M[X]/M/1M^{[X]}/M/1M[X]/M/1, batches arrive at rate λ\lambdaλ with batch-size probabilities cn=Pr⁡{X=n}c_n = \Pr\{X = n\}cn​=Pr{X=n}, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and batch-size generating function C(z)=∑ncnznC(z) = \sum_n c_n z^nC(z)=∑n​cn​zn. In the partial-batch bulk-service queue M/M[K]/1M/M^{[K]}/1M/M[K]/1, single arrivals come at rate λ\lambdaλ and the server serves up to KKK customers together in an exponential time of mean 1/μ1/\mu1/μ. In the nonpreemptive priority queue there are rrr classes with rates λk\lambda_kλk​ and μk\mu_kμk​, loads ρk=λk/μk\rho_k = \lambda_k/\mu_kρk​=λk​/μk​ and cumulative loads σk=ρ1+⋯+ρk\sigma_k = \rho_1 + \cdots + \rho_kσk​=ρ1​+⋯+ρk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the stationary distribution (3.57)

For λ,μ,γ>0\lambda, \mu, \gamma > 0λ,μ,γ>0 and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the numbers

p0,n=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1ρnn! γn∏i=0n−1(λ+iγ),p1,n=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1ρn+1n! γn∏i=1n(λ+iγ)p_{0,n} = (1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}\frac{\rho^n}{n!\,\gamma^n}\prod_{i=0}^{n-1}(\lambda+i\gamma), \qquad p_{1,n} = (1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}\frac{\rho^{n+1}}{n!\,\gamma^n}\prod_{i=1}^{n}(\lambda+i\gamma)p0,n​=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1n!γnρn​i=0∏n−1​(λ+iγ),p1,n​=(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1n!γnρn+1​i=1∏n​(λ+iγ)

form a steady-state solution of (3.47)–(3.49), and every steady-state solution equals them.

Milestones on the retrial queue

The generating functions satisfy (3.50)–(3.52) on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), including the separable equation

P0′(z)=λργ(1−ρz)P0(z),P_0'(z) = \frac{\lambda\rho}{\gamma(1-\rho z)}P_0(z),P0′​(z)=γ(1−ρz)λρ​P0​(z),

their closed form is (3.55),

P0(z)=(1−ρz)(1−ρ1−ρz)(λ/γ)+1,P1(z)=ρ(1−ρ1−ρz)(λ/γ)+1,P_0(z) = (1-\rho z)\left(\frac{1-\rho}{1-\rho z}\right)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}, \qquad P_1(z) = \rho\left(\frac{1-\rho}{1-\rho z}\right)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1},P0​(z)=(1−ρz)(1−ρz1−ρ​)(λ/γ)+1,P1​(z)=ρ(1−ρz1−ρ​)(λ/γ)+1,

and the mean orbit size is (3.58), Lo=ρ21−ρ⋅μ+γγL_o = \frac{\rho^2}{1-\rho}\cdot\frac{\mu+\gamma}{\gamma}Lo​=1−ρρ2​⋅γμ+γ​.

Milestones from the rest of Chapter 3

The bulk-input generating function (3.3), p0=1−ρp_0 = 1 - \rhop0​=1−ρ with ρ=λE[X]/μ\rho = \lambda\mathrm E[X]/\muρ=λE[X]/μ, and the mean (3.4); the unique root r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) of μrK+1−(λ+μ)r+λ=0\mu r^{K+1} - (\lambda+\mu)r + \lambda = 0μrK+1−(λ+μ)r+λ=0 and the geometric law pn=(1−r0)r0np_n = (1-r_0)r_0^npn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (3.9); and Cobham's formula (3.41)/(3.43), the unique solution of the linear system (3.40).

Significance

The closed form (3.57) makes every performance measure of the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 retrial queue explicit. The server is busy a fraction ρ\rhoρ of the time, exactly as without retrials. The mean orbit size (3.58) is the M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 mean queue length multiplied by (μ+γ)/γ(\mu+\gamma)/\gamma(μ+γ)/γ, and the mean time in orbit (3.59) follows from Little's law. These formulas quantify the cost of retrials against an ordinary queue and are the reference case against which approximations for multi-server retrial systems are checked.

The results are classical and proved in the book, partly through exercises (Problems 3.39–3.41). None of them is formalized in any proof assistant, as far as the platform's catalogue shows: there is no retrial, bulk or priority queue on Prove2Me. The mission produces machine-checked statements and, once solved, proofs of the chapter's main closed forms. It also produces a small reusable layer: generating functions of probability sequences on the closed unit disc, and the "probability solution of the balance equations" pattern for chains with countable state spaces.

Difficulty

The derivation in the book is formal. It differentiates power series term by term, divides by 1−z1 - z1−z, integrates ln⁡P0\ln P_0lnP0​, and fixes the constant by setting z=1z = 1z=1, without justifying any of these steps. A formal proof has to show that the series converge and are differentiable on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1), that the differential equation determines P0P_0P0​ up to a constant, and that the values at z=1z = 1z=1 are the limits of the values inside the disc (Abel's theorem). The uniqueness half of the goal is the hardest part. The book never proves it; it follows from the ODE argument only once every step is shown to hold for an arbitrary probability solution. Verifying that (3.57) solves (3.47)–(3.49) is only the easy half. The same pattern recurs in the bulk-input queue, where z=1z = 1z=1 is a removable singularity of (3.3). In the bulk-service queue the root r0r_0r0​ is only characterized as the unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so existence and uniqueness of the root are part of the claim.

Formalization scope

A steady-state solution is a pair p0 p1 : ℕ → ℝ (resp. one sequence p : ℕ → ℝ) that is pointwise nonnegative, has total mass 111 as a HasSum, and solves the book's balance equations exactly as printed, global balance and not detailed balance. Every "the steady-state solution is X" is stated with both halves: X is a steady-state solution, and every steady-state solution equals X. Stating only that (3.57) solves (3.47)–(3.49), without normalization or uniqueness, would be a trivializing formalization. So would taking r0r_0r0​ as a given root in (3.9), or taking the Wq(i)W_q^{(i)}Wq(i)​ in (3.41) as numbers assumed to satisfy it. None of these is used. The closed forms instantiated are (3.52), (3.55), (3.57), (3.58), (3.3), (3.4), (3.9), (3.41) and (3.43), each written out in full, with the real power (1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1(1-\rho)^{(\lambda/\gamma)+1}(1−ρ)(λ/γ)+1 as Real.rpow.

The conventions are as follows. The retrial generating functions take real arguments, on (−1,1)(-1,1)(−1,1) for the differential equations and on [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1] for the closed form. The bulk-input generating function takes complex arguments with ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1, z≠1z \ne 1z=1, because (3.3) is 0/00/00/0 at z=1z = 1z=1. The condition ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1 is a hypothesis of every retrial statement. For the bulk-service queue the book's unnamed condition is stated as λ<Kμ\lambda < K\muλ<Kμ. For bulk input, E[X]<∞\mathrm E[X] < \inftyE[X]<∞ is assumed throughout, and the mean (3.4) is asserted under the further condition E[X2]<∞\mathrm E[X^2] < \inftyE[X2]<∞, which it requires. For Cobham's formula only the algebraic content is formalized; the mean-value argument that yields (3.40) and (3.42) is not.

Needed infrastructure: power series of summable nonnegative sequences on the closed unit disc (convergence, term-by-term differentiation, Abel continuity), the binomial series (1−x)−a=∑na(a+1)⋯(a+n−1)n!xn(1 - x)^{-a} = \sum_n \frac{a(a+1)\cdots(a+n-1)}{n!}x^n(1−x)−a=∑n​n!a(a+1)⋯(a+n−1)​xn for real aaa, and uniqueness of invariant probability vectors for irreducible chains. All of this is reusable beyond the mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the easy half of the goal, or of the needed series facts are welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§3.1, 3.2.0.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • G. I. Falin, J. G. C. Templeton, Retrial Queues, Chapman & Hall, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2977-8
  • J. R. Artalejo, Accessible bibliography on retrial queues, Mathematical and Computer Modelling 30 (1999) 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0895-7177(99)00128-4
  • A. Cobham, Priority assignment in waiting line problems, Journal of the Operations Research Society of America 2 (1954) 70–76. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2.1.70
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory III: The Transient M/M/1 Queue via Modified Bessel FunctionsTextbook

Motivation

Steady-state formulas describe a queue that has been running forever. Many practical questions are about a queue that has not: a call centre just after opening, a server just after a reset, a system under a burst of load. For these, the relevant quantity is the transient distribution pn(t)=Pr⁡{N(t)=n}p_n(t) = \Pr\{N(t) = n\}pn​(t)=Pr{N(t)=n} of the number N(t)N(t)N(t) in the system at a finite time ttt. It is also what determines how fast the steady state is approached, and it is needed for the busy period: the length of time a server stays busy once a customer arrives at an idle server.

For the single-server Markovian queue M/M/1 the transient distribution has an explicit closed form in modified Bessel functions. Its history is short and well documented. Ledermann and Reuter (1954) obtained it by spectral analysis of the birth–death process. Bailey (1954) found it by generating functions and Laplace transforms, and Champernowne (1956) by combinatorial methods. Bailey's route is the standard textbook derivation, and it is the one Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris outline in §2.11 of Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., 2008). Abate and Whitt (1989) showed that computing with the resulting series is numerically delicate, which is one reason for having the formula pinned down exactly.

This mission formalizes §§2.11–2.12 of that book: the transient laws of M/M/1/1, M/M/1 and M/M/∞, and the M/M/1 busy period.

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Each service takes an exponential time of rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. The number in the system is a continuous-time Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…}, and its state probabilities pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) satisfy the forward (differential–difference) equations. For M/M/1 started with N(0)=iN(0) = iN(0)=i they are, for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0,

pn′(t)=−(λ+μ)pn(t)+λpn−1(t)+μpn+1(t) (n>0),p0′(t)=−λp0(t)+μp1(t),(2.72)p_n'(t) = -(\lambda+\mu)p_n(t) + \lambda p_{n-1}(t) + \mu p_{n+1}(t)\ (n > 0), \qquad p_0'(t) = -\lambda p_0(t) + \mu p_1(t), \tag{2.72}pn′​(t)=−(λ+μ)pn​(t)+λpn−1​(t)+μpn+1​(t) (n>0),p0′​(t)=−λp0​(t)+μp1​(t),(2.72)

with pn(0)=1p_n(0) = 1pn​(0)=1 if n=in = in=i and 000 otherwise. The other systems are variants:

  • M/M/1/1, no waiting room: two states and equations (2.70).
  • M/M/∞, ample service: the death rate in state nnn is nμn\munμ, giving (2.76).
  • The busy-period system: (2.72) with 000 made absorbing (λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0) and N(0)=1N(0) = 1N(0)=1. Its p0(t)p_0(t)p0​(t) is the distribution function of the busy period TbpT_{bp}Tbp​.

A family (pn)(p_n)(pn​) solves a system on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) when each pnp_npn​ has, at every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, the prescribed derivative (a right derivative at t=0t = 0t=0). It is a probability solution when pn(t)≥0p_n(t) \ge 0pn​(t)≥0 and ∑npn(t)=1\sum_n p_n(t) = 1∑n​pn​(t)=1 for every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The modified Bessel function of the first kind is

In(y)=∑k=0∞(y/2)n+2kk! (n+k)!,I−n=In,I_n(y) = \sum_{k=0}^{\infty} \frac{(y/2)^{n+2k}}{k!\,(n+k)!}, \qquad I_{-n} = I_n,In​(y)=k=0∑∞​k!(n+k)!(y/2)n+2k​,I−n​=In​,

and the Laplace transform of fff is fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st} f(t)\,dtfˉ​(s)=∫0∞​e−stf(t)dt for Re⁡s>0\operatorname{Re} s > 0Res>0.

Formalization targets

Goal: the transient M/M/1 law, (2.75)

With y=2tλμy = 2t\sqrt{\lambda\mu}y=2tλμ​,

pn(t)=e−(λ+μ)t[ρ(n−i)/2In−i(y)+ρ(n−i−1)/2In+i+1(y)+(1−ρ)ρn∑j=n+i+2∞ρ−j/2Ij(y)].p_n(t) = e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}\Big[\rho^{(n-i)/2} I_{n-i}(y) + \rho^{(n-i-1)/2} I_{n+i+1}(y) + (1-\rho)\rho^n \sum_{j=n+i+2}^{\infty} \rho^{-j/2} I_j(y)\Big].pn​(t)=e−(λ+μ)t[ρ(n−i)/2In−i​(y)+ρ(n−i−1)/2In+i+1​(y)+(1−ρ)ρnj=n+i+2∑∞​ρ−j/2Ij​(y)].

The goal asserts five things for every λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0 and every iii, with no restriction on ρ\rhoρ:

  1. the series converges;
  2. these functions solve (2.72);
  3. they meet the initial condition;
  4. they form a probability distribution at every ttt;
  5. they are the only probability solution.

Milestones

  1. (2.71): the M/M/1/1 solution p1(t)=λλ+μ(1−e−(λ+μ)t)+p1(0)e−(λ+μ)tp_1(t) = \frac{\lambda}{\lambda+\mu}(1-e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}) + p_1(0)e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t}p1​(t)=λ+μλ​(1−e−(λ+μ)t)+p1​(0)e−(λ+μ)t, and the matching formula for p0p_0p0​.
  2. (2.74) and Rouché's theorem: for Re⁡s>0\operatorname{Re} s > 0Res>0, the quadratic (λ+μ+s)z−μ−λz2(\lambda+\mu+s)z - \mu - \lambda z^2(λ+μ+s)z−μ−λz2 has exactly one zero in ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1, namely z1=(λ+μ+s−(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ)/(2λ)z_1 = (\lambda+\mu+s-\sqrt{(\lambda+\mu+s)^2-4\lambda\mu})/(2\lambda)z1​=(λ+μ+s−(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ​)/(2λ).
  3. The transform of p0p_0p0​: pˉ0(s)=z1i+1/(μ(1−z1))\bar p_0(s) = z_1^{i+1}/(\mu(1-z_1))pˉ​0​(s)=z1i+1​/(μ(1−z1​)).
  4. The limit of (2.75): pn(t)→(1−ρ)ρnp_n(t) \to (1-\rho)\rho^npn​(t)→(1−ρ)ρn if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, and pn(t)→0p_n(t) \to 0pn​(t)→0 if ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1.
  5. (2.77), M/M/∞: started empty, pn(t)=a(t)ne−a(t)/n!p_n(t) = a(t)^n e^{-a(t)}/n!pn​(t)=a(t)ne−a(t)/n! with a(t)=(1−e−μt)λ/μa(t) = (1-e^{-\mu t})\lambda/\mua(t)=(1−e−μt)λ/μ. The statement says that this family solves (2.76), is the unique probability solution, and has generating function exp⁡((z−1)a(t))\exp((z-1)a(t))exp((z−1)a(t)).
  6. The busy-period transform: pˉ0(s)=2μ/(s[λ+μ+s+(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ])\bar p_0(s) = 2\mu/(s[\lambda+\mu+s+\sqrt{(\lambda+\mu+s)^2-4\lambda\mu}])pˉ​0​(s)=2μ/(s[λ+μ+s+(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ​]).
  7. The busy-period density: p0′(t)=μ/λ e−(λ+μ)tI1(2λμ t)/tp_0'(t) = \sqrt{\mu/\lambda}\,e^{-(\lambda+\mu)t} I_1(2\sqrt{\lambda\mu}\,t)/tp0′​(t)=μ/λ​e−(λ+μ)tI1​(2λμ​t)/t.
  8. (2.79): for λ<μ\lambda < \muλ<μ, E[Tbp]=1/(μ−λ)E[T_{bp}] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[Tbp​]=1/(μ−λ) and E[Tbc]=1/λ+1/(μ−λ)E[T_{bc}] = 1/\lambda + 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[Tbc​]=1/λ+1/(μ−λ).

Significance

The formula (2.75) is the exact finite-time law of the most basic queue. It gives the rate at which M/M/1 approaches equilibrium, and it gives the distribution of the queue under overload (ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1), where no steady state exists. It is the reference against which numerical transient methods, such as the uniformization of Chapter 8 of the same book, are checked. The busy-period density and its mean (2.79) enter server-utilisation and vacation models, and the Laplace-transform method used here recurs in the M/G/1 analysis of Chapter 5.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature. None of them is machine-checked, as far as the platform's catalogue and Mathlib show. The chain from a countable system of linear ODEs, through generating functions and a root-location argument, to a Bessel series is a standard pattern in applied probability, and a formal version of it is what this mission adds. The formal statements also make explicit what the book leaves implicit: the sense in which the equations hold at t=0t = 0t=0, and the class in which the solution is unique.

Difficulty

The forward equations (2.72) form an infinite linear system. The obvious approach is to treat it like a finite system of ODEs, whose solution is a matrix exponential, and read off (2.75). That fails for two reasons. The generator is an infinite matrix, so its exponential needs a functional-analytic setting. And uniqueness is not automatic for infinite systems: it needs a class, such as probability solutions, and an argument that works in that class.

The Bessel form is a second, independent difficulty. The transform pˉ0(s)\bar p_0(s)pˉ​0​(s) is fixed by a root-location argument in the complex plane. Inverting the transform, or verifying (2.75) directly, requires manipulating the three-term Bessel recurrence and exchanging infinite sums. The tail sum ∑jρ−j/2Ij\sum_{j} \rho^{-j/2} I_j∑j​ρ−j/2Ij​ has to be controlled uniformly enough to be differentiated term by term. For ρ≥1\rho \ge 1ρ≥1 the factor (1−ρ)(1-\rho)(1−ρ) is non-positive, so the nonnegativity of pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) is not visible from the formula.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to:

  • Parameters. Rates are real with λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0, and ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. States are ℕ (Fin 2 for M/M/1/1).
  • Solutions. "Solves on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" is HasDerivWithinAt on Set.Ici 0 at every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. Uniqueness is asserted among solutions that are probability distributions at every time.
  • Special functions. Half-integer powers of ρ\rhoρ are real powers, and I−m=ImI_{-m} = I_mI−m​=Im​ is part of the definition. Laplace transforms are complex Bochner integrals over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), and each statement also asserts the integrability it needs. Square roots with positive real part are hypotheses r2=(λ+μ+s)2−4λμr^2 = (\lambda+\mu+s)^2 - 4\lambda\mur2=(λ+μ+s)2−4λμ, Re⁡r>0\operatorname{Re} r > 0Rer>0.

The closed forms stated exactly as in the book are:

  • (2.71);
  • z1z_1z1​ and z2z_2z2​ of (2.74);
  • pˉ0(s)=z1i+1/(μ(1−z1))\bar p_0(s) = z_1^{i+1}/(\mu(1-z_1))pˉ​0​(s)=z1i+1​/(μ(1−z1​));
  • (2.75), with the Bessel series of p.101;
  • the M/M/∞ law and (2.77);
  • the busy-period transform and density of p.102;
  • (2.79).

The book derives (2.79) by a steady-state ratio argument valid for M/G/1. Here it is stated for M/M/1, as the mean of the explicit density.

A statement of (2.75) that only asserts the right-hand side is well defined, or checks only n=0n = 0n=0, is ruled out: the goal requires the ODE system, the initial condition, the probability property and uniqueness. For the same reason, the M/M/∞ law is tied to the system (2.76) and does not reduce to a Taylor expansion.

Needed infrastructure that Mathlib lacks:

  • modified Bessel functions of integer order;
  • Laplace transforms;
  • a Rouché-type zero count or a direct root-location lemma;
  • uniqueness for countable linear ODE systems with bounded or linearly growing rates.

The Bessel and Laplace definitions, and the uniqueness lemma for birth–death forward equations, are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of those as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§2.11–2.12, pp.97–103. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • N. T. J. Bailey, "A continuous time treatment of a simple queue using generating functions", J. Royal Statistical Society B 16 (1954) 288–291. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1954.tb00172.x
  • W. Ledermann, G. E. H. Reuter, "Spectral theory for the differential equations of simple birth and death processes", Phil. Trans. Royal Society A 246 (1954) 321–369. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsta.1954.0001
  • D. G. Champernowne, "An elementary method of solution of the queueing problem with a single server and constant parameters", J. Royal Statistical Society B 18 (1956) 125–128. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1956.tb00217.x
  • J. Abate, W. Whitt, "Calculating time-dependent performance measures for the M/M/1 queue", IEEE Trans. Communications 37 (1989) 1102–1104. https://doi.org/10.1109/26.41165
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory II: Erlang's Formulas and the Halfin–Whitt Square-Root Staffing LawTextbook

Why birth–death queues and Erlang's formulas

Every call center, hospital ward, cloud server pool and telephone exchange that is sized by formula is sized by one of a handful of explicit expressions from Markovian queueing theory. The two oldest are A. K. Erlang's: the Erlang-B (loss) formula of 1917, which gives the fraction of calls lost when ccc trunks carry an offered load of rrr erlangs, and the Erlang-C formula, which gives the probability that a customer of a ccc-server queue must wait. Both are still the default dimensioning rules of telecommunications and call-center workforce management (Gans, Koole & Mandelbaum 2003).

This mission formalizes Chapter 2, §§2.1–2.10, of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), which derives these formulas from a single result about birth–death processes and closes with the modern answer to the staffing question.

Timeline. Erlang (1917) obtained the loss formula; Vaulot (1927), Pollaczek (1932), Palm (1938) and Kosten (1948) completed its proof for general service times. Halfin and Whitt (1981) showed that in the M/M/nM/M/nM/M/n queue the delay probability converges to a limit strictly between 000 and 111 exactly when the number of servers exceeds the offered load by an amount of order n\sqrt nn​. This is the quality-and-efficiency-driven (QED) regime on which square-root staffing rests.

Setting

A birth–death process is a continuous-time Markov chain on the states n∈{0,1,2,… }n \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}n∈{0,1,2,…} that moves from nnn to n+1n+1n+1 at rate λn≥0\lambda_n \ge 0λn​≥0 (a birth, or arrival) and, for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, from nnn to n−1n-1n−1 at rate μn>0\mu_n > 0μn​>0 (a death, or departure). A steady-state solution is a probability sequence {pn}\{p_n\}{pn​} (pn≥0p_n \ge 0pn​≥0, ∑npn=1\sum_n p_n = 1∑n​pn​=1) solving the global balance equations (2.1):

(λn+μn)pn=λn−1pn−1+μn+1pn+1 (n≥1),λ0p0=μ1p1.(\lambda_n + \mu_n)p_n = \lambda_{n-1}p_{n-1} + \mu_{n+1}p_{n+1}\ (n \ge 1), \qquad \lambda_0 p_0 = \mu_1 p_1.(λn​+μn​)pn​=λn−1​pn−1​+μn+1​pn+1​ (n≥1),λ0​p0​=μ1​p1​.

The queues of the chapter are birth–death processes with particular rates. The M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1 queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=μ\mu_n = \muμn​=μ and traffic intensity ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ. The M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c queue has λn=λ\lambda_n = \lambdaλn​=λ, μn=min⁡(n,c)μ\mu_n = \min(n, c)\muμn​=min(n,c)μ (2.30), offered load r=λ/μr = \lambda/\mur=λ/μ and ρ=r/c\rho = r/cρ=r/c. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c loss system is the same with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c. The M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞ queue has μn=nμ\mu_n = n\muμn​=nμ.

The explicit functions are the Erlang-B formula

B(c,r)=rc/c!∑i=0cri/i!,B(c, r) = \frac{r^c/c!}{\sum_{i=0}^{c} r^i/i!},B(c,r)=∑i=0c​ri/i!rc/c!​,

the Erlang-C formula, defined for ρ=r/c<1\rho = r/c < 1ρ=r/c<1,

C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1rn/n!,C(c, r) = \frac{r^c/(c!(1-\rho))}{r^c/(c!(1-\rho)) + \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} r^n/n!},C(c,r)=rc/(c!(1−ρ))+∑n=0c−1​rn/n!rc/(c!(1−ρ))​,

and, with ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ the standard normal density and distribution function,

α(β)=ϕ(β)ϕ(β)+βΦ(β).\alpha(\beta) = \frac{\phi(\beta)}{\phi(\beta) + \beta\Phi(\beta)}.α(β)=ϕ(β)+βΦ(β)ϕ(β)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Halfin–Whitt theorem (§2.4, p.75)

For offered loads 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n,

lim⁡n→∞C(n,rn)=α∈(0,1)  ⟺  lim⁡n→∞n−rnn=β>0,α=α(β).\lim_{n\to\infty} C(n, r_n) = \alpha \in (0,1) \iff \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{n - r_n}{\sqrt n} = \beta > 0, \qquad \alpha = \alpha(\beta).n→∞lim​C(n,rn​)=α∈(0,1)⟺n→∞lim​n​n−rn​​=β>0,α=α(β).

It is stated as three facts: α\alphaα maps (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) into (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1); each α∈(0,1)\alpha \in (0, 1)α∈(0,1) has exactly one preimage β>0\beta > 0β>0; and for every β>0\beta > 0β>0 the two limits are equivalent.

Milestones

  1. (2.3)–(2.4): the steady-state solution of a general birth–death process, pn=p0∏i=1nλi−1/μip_n = p_0\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_ipn​=p0​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​, and its existence if and only if 1+∑n≥1∏i=1nλi−1/μi<∞1 + \sum_{n\ge1}\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i < \infty1+∑n≥1​∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​<∞.
  2. (2.9): M/M/1M/M/1M/M/1, pn=(1−ρ)ρnp_n = (1-\rho)\rho^npn​=(1−ρ)ρn, existing iff ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  3. (2.31)–(2.32): the M/M/cM/M/cM/M/c law, existing iff λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1.
  4. (2.33): Lq=rcρ p0/(c!(1−ρ)2)L_q = r^c\rho\,p_0/(c!(1-\rho)^2)Lq​=rcρp0​/(c!(1−ρ)2).
  5. (2.37)–(2.38): 1−∑n<cpn=C(c,r)1 - \sum_{n<c} p_n = C(c, r)1−∑n<c​pn​=C(c,r).
  6. (2.52)–(2.53): the M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c law and pc=B(c,r)p_c = B(c, r)pc​=B(c,r).
  7. (2.54): B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r))B(c, r) = rB(c-1, r)/(c + rB(c-1, r))B(c,r)=rB(c−1,r)/(c+rB(c−1,r)), B(0,r)=1B(0, r) = 1B(0,r)=1.
  8. (2.55): C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r))C(c, r) = cB(c, r)/(c - r + rB(c, r))C(c,r)=cB(c,r)/(c−r+rB(c,r)).
  9. (2.57): M/M/∞M/M/\inftyM/M/∞, pn=rne−r/n!p_n = r^n e^{-r}/n!pn​=rne−r/n!.

Significance

The results. Items 1–9 are the working formulas of Markovian capacity planning: a stationary law for each basic model and the measures read off from it. (2.54) and (2.55) are how BBB and CCC are computed in practice, since the factorials of the closed forms overflow for c>170c > 170c>170. The Halfin–Whitt theorem is the reason the rule c≈r+βrc \approx r + \beta\sqrt rc≈r+βr​ holds a fixed service level, and it is the entry point to the QED heavy-traffic literature (diffusion limits of many-server queues, Garnett–Mandelbaum–Reiman, Gamarnik–Momčilović).

Formalizing them. All results are classical and proved in the literature. The book states the Halfin–Whitt theorem without proof, and (2.54)–(2.55) are left to exercises. The formalization would supply machine-checked versions of the Erlang identities and of the Halfin–Whitt limit theorem. No Lean development of either was found on the platform when this mission was drafted. A related Erlang-B statement from Kelly and Yudovina is on the platform, stated with detailed balance on a finite state space.

Difficulty

The stationary laws are induction plus geometric and exponential series, and the Erlang identities are finite algebra. The difficulty is concentrated in the goal. C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) is a ratio of a Poisson-type tail to a truncated exponential sum in which both nnn and rnr_nrn​ grow. The naive route, substituting Stirling's formula term by term, fails: the sums have Θ(n)\Theta(\sqrt n)Θ(n​) significant terms, each of relative size exp⁡(−k2/2n)\exp(-k^2/2n)exp(−k2/2n), and the error has to be controlled uniformly over them. The converse direction also requires showing that α(⋅)\alpha(\cdot)α(⋅) is strictly monotone. Without that, convergence of C(n,rn)C(n, r_n)C(n,rn​) does not force convergence of (n−rn)/n(n - r_n)/\sqrt n(n−rn​)/n​.

Formalization scope

Rates are real sequences indexed by N\mathbb NN, and a steady-state solution is a real sequence with HasSum p 1, nonnegative entries, and the balance equations (2.1) exactly as printed (global balance, not detailed balance). Every "the steady-state solution is X" is stated in both halves: X is a steady-state solution, and every steady-state solution equals X; the book's existence conditions (ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, λ/(cμ)<1\lambda/(c\mu) < 1λ/(cμ)<1, convergence of the series) are part of the statements. The M/M/c/cM/M/c/cM/M/c/c system is the N\mathbb NN-indexed process with λn=0\lambda_n = 0λn​=0 for n≥cn \ge cn≥c, as §2.5 sets it up; the statement records that states above ccc carry no mass.

The closed forms that are fixed in Lean: ∏i=1nλi−1/μi\prod_{i=1}^n \lambda_{i-1}/\mu_i∏i=1n​λi−1​/μi​ over Finset.Icc 1 n; B(c,r)B(c, r)B(c,r) and C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) exactly as displayed above; ϕ\phiϕ = gaussianPDFReal 0 1, Φ\PhiΦ = the CDF of gaussianReal 0 1; Wq(0)=∑n=0c−1pnW_q(0) = \sum_{n=0}^{c-1} p_nWq​(0)=∑n=0c−1​pn​, as evaluated on p.69; Lq=∑n>c(n−c)pnL_q = \sum_{n > c}(n - c)p_nLq​=∑n>c​(n−c)pn​ as a convergent series.

C(c,r)C(c, r)C(c,r) is a total function in Lean, but its value for r≥cr \ge cr≥c carries no meaning. The goal assumes 0<rn<n0 < r_n < n0<rn​<n for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, the book's standing condition ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1. A statement about some other function with the same limiting behaviour, or with BBB and CCC left abstract, would not be this mission. Neither would one-directional or existence-only versions of the stationary laws.

Not included: the waiting-time distributions (2.28) and (2.39), which need an FCFS waiting-time model with arrival-point probabilities; the M/M/c/KM/M/c/KM/M/c/K measures (2.45)–(2.48); finite-source and state-dependent models (§§2.8–2.10). Useful contributions beyond the milestones are Poisson tail estimates at the n\sqrt nn​ scale and monotonicity of α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β). Both are reusable in other many-server heavy-traffic statements.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Operations Research 29(3), 567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • N. Gans, G. Koole, A. Mandelbaum, Telephone call centers: tutorial, review, and research prospects, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 5(2), 79–141, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.5.2.79.16071
  • A. K. Erlang, Solution of some problems in the theory of probabilities of significance in automatic telephone exchanges, Elektroteknikeren 13, 1917 (English translation in The Life and Works of A. K. Erlang, 1948).
  • F. P. Kelly, E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems XIII: Lyapunov Criteria and z Standard Markov Chains with CostsTextbook

Motivation

Average cost control of queues rests on a small amount of Markov chain theory: when does a chain with costs have a well defined long-run average cost, and how can that be checked for a concrete model with an unbounded state space? Appendix C of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999, doi:10.1002/9780470317037) collects this material for countable state spaces and packages it in one hypothesis, the zzz standard chain. Chapters 7–10 of the book verify this hypothesis for the Markov chains induced by stationary policies in admission, routing and service-rate control models, and use its consequences to prove existence of average cost optimal policies.

The tools are Lyapunov functions in the sense of Foster (1953): a nonnegative function on the states whose expected one-step change is negative away from a finite set. Foster's criterion for positive recurrence, and its refinements bounding expected first passage times and costs, are the standard way to verify stability of queueing networks (Meyn and Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 1993/2009).

Setting

A Markov chain Γ\GammaΓ on a countable set SSS is given by transition probabilities Pij≥0P_{ij}\ge 0Pij​≥0 with ∑jPij=1\sum_j P_{ij}=1∑j​Pij​=1. XtX_tXt​ is the state at time ttt and Pij(t)P^{(t)}_{ij}Pij(t)​ the ttt-step transition probability (Pij(0)=δijP^{(0)}_{ij}=\delta_{ij}Pij(0)​=δij​). State iii leads to jjj if Pij(t)>0P^{(t)}_{ij}>0Pij(t)​>0 for some t≥0t\ge0t≥0; states that lead to each other communicate, which partitions SSS into communicating classes.

For a nonempty G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S the first passage time from iii is TiG=min⁡{t≥1:Xt∈G}T_{iG}=\min\{t\ge1: X_t\in G\}TiG​=min{t≥1:Xt​∈G} given X0=iX_0=iX0​=i, and miG=E[TiG]∈[0,∞]m_{iG}=E[T_{iG}]\in[0,\infty]miG​=E[TiG​]∈[0,∞]; mijm_{ij}mij​ is the case G={j}G=\{j\}G={j} and miim_{ii}mii​ the expected return time. The taboo probability GPik(t)_G P^{(t)}_{ik}G​Pik(t)​ is the probability of going from iii to kkk in ttt steps without visiting GGG at the intermediate times, and Guik_G u_{ik}G​uik​ is the expected number of visits to kkk at times 0≤t<TiG0\le t<T_{iG}0≤t<TiG​. A state is transient if P(Tii<∞)<1P(T_{ii}<\infty)<1P(Tii​<∞)<1 and positive recurrent if mii<∞m_{ii}<\inftymii​<∞; a positive recurrent class is a communicating class of positive recurrent states. The steady state probability is πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 (zero when mjj=∞m_{jj}=\inftymjj​=∞).

Each state carries a finite cost C(i)≥0C(i)\ge0C(i)≥0. The expected average cost over [0,n−1][0,n-1][0,n−1] from iii is

Ji(n)=1n E[∑t=0n−1C(Xt) ∣ X0=i]=1n∑t=0n−1∑jPij(t)C(j),J^{(n)}_i=\frac1n\,E\Big[\sum_{t=0}^{n-1}C(X_t)\,\Big|\,X_0=i\Big]=\frac1n\sum_{t=0}^{n-1}\sum_j P^{(t)}_{ij}C(j),Ji(n)​=n1​E[t=0∑n−1​C(Xt​)​X0​=i]=n1​t=0∑n−1​j∑​Pij(t)​C(j),

ciGc_{iG}ciG​ is the expected cost E[∑t=0TiG−1C(Xt)∣X0=i]E[\sum_{t=0}^{T_{iG}-1}C(X_t)\mid X_0=i]E[∑t=0TiG​−1​C(Xt​)∣X0​=i] of a first passage (defined when miG<∞m_{iG}<\inftymiG​<∞), and JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j) is the average cost on a positive recurrent class RRR. The chain is zzz standard (Definition C.2.5) if for a distinguished state zzz

miz<∞andciz<∞for all i∈S.m_{iz}<\infty\quad\text{and}\quad c_{iz}<\infty\qquad\text{for all } i\in S.miz​<∞andciz​<∞for all i∈S.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition C.2.6

If Γ\GammaΓ is zzz standard, then SSS is the union of a positive recurrent class R∋zR\ni zR∋z and a set of transient states, JR<∞J_R<\inftyJR​<∞, and

lim⁡n→∞Ji(n)=JRfor every i∈S.\lim_{n\to\infty}J^{(n)}_i=J_R\qquad\text{for every } i\in S.n→∞lim​Ji(n)​=JR​for every i∈S.

The statement fixes no constants: it asserts that the average cost exists, is finite, and does not depend on the initial state.

Milestones

  1. Proposition C.1.2: π\piπ is the unique stationary distribution of a positive recurrent class, and πj=eij/mii=πieij\pi_j=e_{ij}/m_{ii}=\pi_ie_{ij}πj​=eij​/mii​=πi​eij​.
  2. Proposition C.1.4: the first-step equations (C.2)–(C.4) for taboo probabilities, visit counts and miGm_{iG}miG​; ∑i∈GπimiG=1\sum_{i\in G}\pi_im_{iG}=1∑i∈G​πi​miG​=1 for GGG inside a positive recurrent class; mij<∞m_{ij}<\inftymij​<∞ within such a class.
  3. Proposition C.1.5: if ∑jPij[y(j)−y(i)]≤−ϵ\sum_jP_{ij}[y(j)-y(i)]\le-\epsilon∑j​Pij​[y(j)−y(i)]≤−ϵ off GGG, then miG≤y(i)/ϵm_{iG}\le y(i)/\epsilonmiG​≤y(i)/ϵ.
  4. Corollary C.1.6: the same with G={z}G=\{z\}G={z} and ∑jPzjy(j)<∞\sum_jP_{zj}y(j)<\infty∑j​Pzj​y(j)<∞ makes zzz positive recurrent.
  5. Proposition C.2.1: on a positive recurrent class, Ji(n)→JR=cii/miiJ^{(n)}_i\to J_R=c_{ii}/m_{ii}Ji(n)​→JR​=cii​/mii​.
  6. Proposition C.2.2: ciG=∑kC(k) Guikc_{iG}=\sum_kC(k)\,{}_Gu_{ik}ciG​=∑k​C(k)G​uik​, the first-step equation (C.13), and JR=∑i∈GπiciGJ_R=\sum_{i\in G}\pi_ic_{iG}JR​=∑i∈G​πi​ciG​.
  7. Proposition C.2.3 and Corollary C.2.4: the cost drift condition ∑jPij[r(j)−r(i)]≤−C(i)\sum_jP_{ij}[r(j)-r(i)]\le-C(i)∑j​Pij​[r(j)−r(i)]≤−C(i) off a finite set bounds ciG≤r(i)+FmiGc_{iG}\le r(i)+Fm_{iG}ciG​≤r(i)+FmiG​, and gives czz<∞c_{zz}<\inftyczz​<∞.
  8. Remark C.2.7: the hypotheses of C.1.6 and C.2.4 together imply the chain is zzz standard; so do irreducibility, positive recurrence and finite average cost.

Significance

Proposition C.2.6 is what makes the zzz standard hypothesis useful: an average cost criterion that is a genuine limit, finite, and independent of the initial state, even for chains with transient states and unbounded state spaces. Every average cost optimality result of the book that works with a stationary policy's induced chain (the (SEN) and (BOR) assumption sets, the approximating-sequence method, the continuous-time chapter) calls on this proposition or on the Lyapunov criteria of Remark C.2.7 to establish its hypotheses for queueing models.

All results of the mission are classical and proved in the literature; parts are stated in the book without proof and referred to Chung (1967), Grassmann et al. (1985) and renewal theory. None of them has been machine-checked in this form as far as the platform and Mathlib show: Mathlib has kernels and Ionescu-Tulcea trajectories but no countable-state Markov chain classification, no first passage calculus, and no Foster–Lyapunov criterion. Existing platform results on countable chains (the Levin–Peres–Wilmer series) treat irreducible chains without costs. A complete development here produces a reusable library of first passage identities, Foster–Lyapunov bounds for times and costs, and average cost limits on reducible chains.

Difficulty

The Lyapunov bounds (C.1.5, C.2.3) are telescoping arguments, but they require a clean handling of truncated passages and of sums that may be infinite: (C.7) is an inequality between possibly divergent series, and the step "iterate nnn times and let n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞" must be made rigorous for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued expectations.

The central difficulty is part (iii) of the goal for transient initial states. On the class RRR, the limit of Ji(n)J^{(n)}_iJi(n)​ is a renewal reward theorem over successive returns to zzz; from a transient state the first cycle has a different law, so a delayed renewal reward argument is needed, and it has to cover the case where costs are unbounded. The obvious approach, bounding Ji(n)J^{(n)}_iJi(n)​ between JRJ_RJR​ and the average over the first nnn steps of the chain started in zzz, fails because Pij(t)P^{(t)}_{ij}Pij(t)​ need not converge (periodic classes) and because finite cizc_{iz}ciz​ does not bound individual cost terms. Proposition C.1.2's uniqueness and the Kac-type identity of C.1.4(iv) likewise need the full cycle decomposition of a positive recurrent class.

Formalization scope

The chain is a structure MC S with P : S → S → ℝ≥0∞ and ∑' j, P i j = 1, over a countable type S; costs are C : S → ℝ≥0. Probabilities and expectations are ℝ≥0∞-valued sums over finite paths Fin (t+1) → S, so every quantity is defined without summability side conditions and may be ∞\infty∞. The first passage time is TiG≥1T_{iG}\ge1TiG​≥1; miGm_{iG}miG​ is the expectation of TiGT_{iG}TiG​ from its law (and ∞\infty∞ when P(TiG<∞)<1P(T_{iG}<\infty)<1P(TiG​<∞)<1), not defined by the recursion (C.4), so that (C.4) is a theorem. Guik_Gu_{ik}G​uik​ counts visits at times 0≤t<TiG0\le t<T_{iG}0≤t<TiG​. ciGc_{iG}ciG​ is computed over first passage paths and is used only when miG<∞m_{iG}<\inftymiG​<∞, as in the book. πj\pi_jπj​ is (mjj)−1(m_{jj})^{-1}(mjj​)−1, which the book states equals the Cesàro limit lim⁡nQjj(n)\lim_nQ^{(n)}_{jj}limn​Qjj(n)​. Ji(n)J^{(n)}_iJi(n)​ is meaningful for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and limits are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The drift conditions ∑jPij[y(j)−y(i)]≤−ϵ\sum_jP_{ij}[y(j)-y(i)]\le-\epsilon∑j​Pij​[y(j)−y(i)]≤−ϵ and ∑jPij[r(j)−r(i)]≤−C(i)\sum_jP_{ij}[r(j)-r(i)]\le-C(i)∑j​Pij​[r(j)−r(i)]≤−C(i) are written in the equivalent additive form ∑jPijy(j)+ϵ≤y(i)\sum_jP_{ij}y(j)+\epsilon\le y(i)∑j​Pij​y(j)+ϵ≤y(i), which is equivalent for finite yyy and makes the case ∑jPijy(j)=∞\sum_jP_{ij}y(j)=\infty∑j​Pij​y(j)=∞ fail, as it does in the book.

A trivializing formalization, such as defining miGm_{iG}miG​ or ciGc_{iG}ciG​ by the equations (C.4) or (C.13), defining JRJ_RJR​ as the limit of Ji(n)J^{(n)}_iJi(n)​, or allowing a zzz standard chain whose return time or return cost to zzz is infinite, is ruled out: zzz standard requires miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii including zzz, and each quantity is defined from path probabilities.

Needed infrastructure: path-sum manipulation in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (first-step and last-step decompositions), the ratio limit / renewal reward theorem for a positive recurrent class, and the delayed version for transient starts. The first passage calculus and the Lyapunov bounds are reusable by the book's other chapters on average cost, which state the zzz standard property for policy-induced chains. Contributions of lemmas on path sums and of an independent renewal reward library are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Appendix C, pp. 292–302. doi:10.1002/9780470317037
  • K. L. Chung, Markov Chains with Stationary Transition Probabilities, 2nd ed., Springer, 1967. doi:10.1007/978-3-642-62015-7
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953), 355–360. doi:10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • S. P. Meyn and R. L. Tweedie, Markov Chains and Stochastic Stability, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2009. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511626630
  • D. P. Heyman and M. J. Sobel, Stochastic Models in Operations Research, Vol. I, McGraw-Hill, 1982.
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems VIII: Computing Average Cost Optimal Policies by Approximating SequencesTextbook

Motivation

Control problems for queueing systems (admission control, service rate control, routing to parallel servers) are naturally modelled as Markov decision chains whose state is a vector of queue lengths. The state space is therefore denumerably infinite, and the performance measure of interest is usually the long-run average cost per slot. For such models the existence theory of average cost optimal stationary policies is well developed (Chapter 7 of Sennott's book), but existence gives no algorithm: an optimal policy is a function on an infinite set, and value iteration cannot be run on an infinite state space.

The approximating sequence method answers this by replacing the infinite model Δ\DeltaΔ with a sequence of finite models ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ on truncated state spaces SNS_NSN​, solving the average cost optimality equation in each, and passing to the limit. Chapter 8 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999) gives a set of conditions, the (AC) assumptions, under which this limit procedure provably produces the minimum average cost and an average cost optimal policy of Δ\DeltaΔ.

Timeline. The approximating sequence method for the average cost criterion and the (AC) assumptions were introduced in Sennott (1997a), with further results in Sennott (1997b) (bibliographic notes, p. 194). The book collects these results, adds the four step verification template (Proposition 8.2.1), the finite-set augmentation route based on the (BOR) assumptions (Proposition 8.2.3), and the weakening (WAC) of Section 8.7, which Chapter 9 uses.

Setting

An MDC Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​ in each state iii, a finite cost C(i,a)≥0C(i,a)\ge0C(i,a)≥0, and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). A general policy θ\thetaθ chooses actions at random using the whole past history. Its average cost is

Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡n→∞1n∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)∣X0=i],J_\theta(i)=\limsup_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\sum_{t=0}^{n-1}E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)\mid X_0=i],Jθ​(i)=n→∞limsup​n1​t=0∑n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)∣X0​=i],

and the minimum average cost is J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)∈[0,∞]J(i)=\inf_\theta J_\theta(i)\in[0,\infty]J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i)∈[0,∞]. A policy is average cost optimal if Jθ≡JJ_\theta\equiv JJθ​≡J.

An approximating sequence (ΔN)N≥N0(\Delta_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΔN​)N≥N0​​ consists of finite sets SNS_NSN​ increasing to SSS and MDCs ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ on SNS_NSN​ with the same actions and costs and with transition probabilities Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) on SNS_NSN​ converging to Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a). Write vnNv^N_nvnN​ and VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​ for the nnn-horizon and discounted value functions of ΔN\Delta_NΔN​.

The (AC) assumptions are:

  • (AC1) there are finite constants JNJ^NJN and finite functions rNr^NrN on SNS_NSN​ with
JN+rN(i)=min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑j∈SNPij(a;N) rN(j)},i∈SN;(8.1)J^N+r^N(i)=\min_a\Big\{C(i,a)+\sum_{j\in S_N}P_{ij}(a;N)\,r^N(j)\Big\},\qquad i\in S_N; \tag{8.1}JN+rN(i)=amin​{C(i,a)+j∈SN​∑​Pij​(a;N)rN(j)},i∈SN​;(8.1)
  • (AC2) lim sup⁡NrN(i)<∞\limsup_N r^N(i)<\inftylimsupN​rN(i)<∞;
  • (AC3) lim inf⁡NrN(i)≥−Q\liminf_N r^N(i)\ge -QliminfN​rN(i)≥−Q for a constant Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0;
  • (AC4) J∗:=lim sup⁡NJN<∞J^*:=\limsup_N J^N<\inftyJ∗:=limsupN​JN<∞ and J∗≤J(i)J^*\le J(i)J∗≤J(i) for all iii.

The (WAC) assumptions of Section 8.7 allow QQQ to depend on the state, at the price of integrability conditions along every stationary policy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1.1

Under (AC), the limit lim⁡N→∞JN\lim_{N\to\infty}J^NlimN→∞​JN exists and

J(i)=lim⁡N→∞JNfor all i∈S,J(i)=\lim_{N\to\infty}J^N\qquad\text{for all } i\in S,J(i)=N→∞lim​JNfor all i∈S,

and every limit point e∗e^*e∗ of stationary policies eNe^NeN realizing the minimum in (8.1) is average cost optimal for Δ\DeltaΔ. The statement fixes no constants; it asserts the shape of the conclusion for any model satisfying (AC).

Milestones

  • Proposition 8.2.1 (the four step template): unichain and aperiodicity of the finite models, an xxx standard policy at which the approximating sequence is conforming, a comparison of vnNv^N_nvnN​ (or VαNV^N_\alphaVαN​) with vnv_nvn​ (or VαV_\alphaVα​), and a lower bound on vnN−vnN(x)v^N_n - v^N_n(x)vnN​−vnN​(x) together imply that the value iteration limits
rN(i)=lim⁡n→∞(vnN(i)−vnN(x))r^N(i)=\lim_{n\to\infty}\big(v^N_n(i)-v^N_n(x)\big)rN(i)=n→∞lim​(vnN​(i)−vnN​(x))

exist and satisfy (AC).

  • Corollary 8.2.2: on S={0,1,2,… }S=\{0,1,2,\dots\}S={0,1,2,…} with SN={0,…,N}S_N=\{0,\dots,N\}SN​={0,…,N} and excess probability sent to NNN, monotonicity of vnNv^N_nvnN​, vnv_nvn​ and of the first passage moments of a 000 standard policy suffices.
  • Proposition 8.2.3: an augmentation type approximating sequence that sends excess probability to a finite set of cheap states satisfies the template.
  • Proposition 8.5.1: in the single-server queue with Bernoulli(ppp) arrivals and constant service rate a>pa>pa>p,
Jd(a)=Hp(1−p)a−p+pC(a)a.J_{d(a)}=\frac{Hp(1-p)}{a-p}+\frac{pC(a)}{a}.Jd(a)​=a−pHp(1−p)​+apC(a)​.
  • Proposition 8.7.1: the conclusions of Theorem 8.1.1 hold under (WAC).

Significance

The result itself. Theorem 8.1.1 is what turns the existence theory of Chapter 7 into a computation. It certifies that the minimum average costs of the truncations converge to the minimum average cost of the infinite model, that this cost is constant, and that the policies produced by value iteration on ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ converge, along subsequences, to an optimal policy for Δ\DeltaΔ. Propositions 8.2.1–8.2.3 reduce (AC) to properties that can be checked model by model; Section 8.3 checks them for queues with reject option, service rate control, and routing to parallel queues. Proposition 8.7.1 is the version used in Chapter 9 for models whose relative values are not uniformly bounded below. Proposition 8.5.1 gives the closed-form open-loop benchmark used in the numerical study of Section 8.5.

Formalizing it. All results are proved in the book; none has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would give the first verified convergence theorem for truncations of denumerable-state average cost MDPs, and would make the approximating sequence method usable as a certified reduction from infinite to finite models. The template results (8.2.1–8.2.3) additionally require a formal treatment of conformity of approximating Markov chains (Appendix C.4–C.5), which is of independent use.

Difficulty

The naive argument takes limits in (8.1) along NNN: the minimum over aaa and the finite sums pass to the limit only in the inequality direction, and only after a Fatou-type lemma for sums against the converging distributions Pij(a;N)P_{ij}(a;N)Pij​(a;N) with integrands rNr^NrN that are neither bounded nor monotone. The lower bound −Q-Q−Q in (AC3) is exactly what makes this possible; without it the limit inequality can fail. The limit inequality then produces only an average cost optimality inequality, and turning it into optimality of the limit policy requires a separate argument that a function bounded below and satisfying the inequality yields an upper bound on the average cost. Existence of lim⁡NJN\lim_N J^NlimN​JN is not given: (AC4) controls only the limit superior, and the limit must be identified through every subsequence. For the template results, the difficulty is in the Markov chain side: the convergence of first passage times and costs of the truncated chains, which fails for general approximating sequences (Examples C.4.4, C.4.7).

Formalization scope

The Lean development is in the namespace SennottDP.AvgASM. The state space is any countable type; action sets are Finsets, assumed nonempty; costs are finite and nonnegative (ℝ≥0); transition probabilities are ℝ≥0∞-valued, with each row a probability distribution for admissible actions. All value functions and average costs take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), and every infimum over policies ranges over the full class of history-dependent randomized policies. The JNJ^NJN and rNr^NrN of (AC1) are real; the limits superior and inferior over NNN in (AC2)–(AC4) and (WAC) are taken in EReal, so an unbounded sequence cannot produce a junk finite value. The equality J(i)=lim⁡NJNJ(i)=\lim_N J^NJ(i)=limN​JN is stated in EReal, which also asserts that J(i)J(i)J(i) is finite. Quantities of ΔN\Delta_NΔN​ at states outside SNS_NSN​ are junk values that affect only finitely many NNN for each state.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: JNJ^NJN and rNr^NrN are the witnesses of (AC1), not free variables, the policies eNe^NeN must realize the minimum in (8.1) for those witnesses, and the minimum average cost JJJ is an infimum over all policies, so the goal cannot be satisfied by choosing J∗J^*J∗ or the limit policy.

A complete development needs: the induced process law of a general policy; the average cost optimality inequality argument (Lemma 7.2.1); the finite-state average cost results of Chapter 6 (Propositions 6.4.1, 6.5.1, 6.6.3); a Fatou lemma for converging distributions (Proposition A.2.5); limit points of policy sequences (Proposition B.5); and, for the template results, the theory of zzz standard chains and conformity (Appendix C.2–C.5). The Markov chain layer and the approximating sequence definitions are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of these intermediate results as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley Series in Probability and Statistics, John Wiley & Sons, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, "The computation of average optimal policies in denumerable state Markov decision chains", Advances in Applied Probability 29 (1997), 114–137 (cited as Sennott (1997a) in the book).
  • L. I. Sennott, "On computing average cost optimal policies with application to routing to parallel queues", ZOR — Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 45 (1997), 45–62 (cited as Sennott (1997b) in the book).
14 thms3 active users
PreviousPage 2 of 4Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me